Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FOREWORD

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

This document is intended to assist a TURBOMECA-qualified instructor in teaching

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

basic information related to the operation and maintenance of MAKILA 1A-1A1

turboshaft engines.

It is a training aid and should only be used to support the training course to which
it refers, and only by a person attending such training. It must not be used in any
other circumstances.

It will not be updated and must not be relied upon for the maintenance or repair of
MAKILA 1A-1A1 engines. Only the current approved TURBOMECA maintenance
technical publications should be used for such purposes.

The acquisition of this document does not constitute proof of official formal training. Only
completion of a course delivered by a TURBOMECA-qualified instructor can lead to the
issuance of a TURBOMECA-recognised training certificate stating, when applicable, a
successful result.
Turbomeca Training - March 2013

This document is the property of TURBOMECA and it may not be copied without the express written authority of TURBOMECA.
Turbomeca Training is a registered trademark.
For training purposes only 0.1
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FOREWORD
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

SUMMARY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

0 - Foreword 8 - Measurement and indicating

1 - Introduction systems

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2 - Power plant 9 - Starting system

3 - Engine 10 - Electrical system

4 - Oil system 11 - Engine installation

5 - Air system 12 - Troubleshooting

6 - Fuel system 13 - Checking of knowledge

7 - Control system

For training purposes only 0.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 SUMMARY
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

0 - FOREWORD 3 - ENGINE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Foreword........................................... 0.1 - Engine - Presentation....................... 3.2

- Summary........................................... 0.2 - Air intake........................................... 3.6
- Table of contents............................... 0.3 - Axial compressor.............................. 3.8
- List of abbreviations.......................... 0.7 - Centrifugal compressor .................... 3.10
- Conversion table............................... 0.10 - Combustion chamber........................ 3.12
1 - INTRODUCTION - Gas generator turbine....................... 3.14
- General information.......................... 1.2 - Intermediate diffuser......................... 3.16
- Training programme ......................... 1.4 - 1.5 - Power turbine.................................... 3.18
- Exhaust system................................. 3.20
2 - POWER PLANT
- Power transmission shaft.................. 3.22
- Power plant....................................... 2.2
- Accessory drive ................................ 3.24
- Principle of adaptation to the
- Engine - Operation ........................... 3.26
helicopter.......................................... 2.8
- Engine - 1st line maintenance .......... 3.28 - 3.33
- Main characteristics.......................... 2.10
- Design and development ................. 2.14
- Maintenance .................................... 2.16 - 2.27

For training purposes only 0.3

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

4 - OIL SYSTEM 5 - AIR SYSTEM

- Oil system - Presentation.................. 4.2 - Air system - Presentation.................. 5.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Oil reservoir - Heat exchanger.......... 4.6 - Internal air system............................. 5.4

- Oil pumps.......................................... 4.8 - Air tappings....................................... 5.8
- Oil filter - Pre-blockage indicator - - Compressor bleed valve -
Oil check valve.................................. 4.10 Off-set threshold solenoid valve........ 5.10
- Turbine bearing check valve ............ 4.14 - External air pipes.............................. 5.14
- Centrifugal breather.......................... 4.16 - Air system - 1st line maintenance .... 5.16 - 5.19
- Strainers............................................ 4.18 6 - FUEL SYSTEM
- Magnetic plugs.................................. 4.20 - Fuel system - Presentation............... 6.2
- Low oil pressure switch - Oil pressure - Fuel control unit................................ 6.6
transmitter - Oil temperature probe... 4.22 - Start servo-valve............................... 6.12
- Chip detector..................................... 4.24 - Start electro-valve............................. 6.16
- Oil system - Operation ..................... 4.26 - Pressurising valve ............................ 6.18
- Oil pipes and ducts .......................... 4.28 - Overspeed and drain valve .............. 6.20
- Oil system - 1st line maintenance .... 4.32 - 4.35 - Start injectors.................................... 6.22
- Main injection system........................ 6.24
- Combustion chamber drain valve..... 6.26
- Fuel system - Operation.................... 6.28
- Fuel pipes ........................................ 6.34
- Fuel system - 1st line maintenance . 6.38 - 6.41

For training purposes only 0.4

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

7 - CONTROL SYSTEM 9 - STARTING SYSTEM

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Control system - Presentation........... 7.2 - Starting system - Presentation ......... 9.2

- Electronic Control Unit - - Starter............................................... 9.4
Presentation...................................... 7.8 - Ignition system.................................. 9.6
- Fuel Control Unit............................... 7.10 - Starting system - Operation ............. 9.8
- Control system - Functional - Starting system - 1st line
description......................................... 7.12 maintenance .................................... 9.12 - 9.15
- Electronic Control Unit - Functional
description......................................... 7.50 10 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
- General operation............................. 7.52 - Electrical system - Presentation........ 10.2
- Control system - 1st line - Electrical harnesses.......................... 10.4
maintenance .................................... 7.62 - 7.65 - Electrical system - 1st line
8 - MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING maintenance .................................... 10.6 - 10.9
SYSTEMS 11 - ENGINE INSTALLATION
- Measurement and indicating - Engine compartment ........................ 11.2
systems - Presentation..................... 8.2 - Engine mounting and lifting............... 11.4
- Speed measurement and indicating - Air intake and exhaust system.......... 11.6
system............................................... 8.4
- Engine/airframe system interfaces.... 11.8
- T4 measurement and indicating
- Drains - Purges - Air vents................ 11.12
system............................................... 8.10
- Fire protection................................... 11.14
- Torque measurement and indicating
- Engine installation - 1st line
system............................................... 8.16
maintenance .................................... 11.16 - 11.19
- "Power loss" indication...................... 8.18
- Miscellaneous indications................. 8.22
- Measurement and indicating
systems - 1st line maintenance ........ 8.30 - 8.33
For training purposes only 0.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

12 - TROUBLESHOOTING
- General............................................. 12.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Troubleshooting ............................... 12.4

- Conclusion ....................................... 12.10 - 12.11
13 - CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
- Introduction....................................... 13.2
- Questionnaire 1 ................................ 13.3
- Questionnaire 2 ................................ 13.6
- Questionnaire 3 ................................ 13.12
- Questionnaire 4................................. 13.15 - 13.27
OBSERVATIONS .......................... LAST PAGE
These Training Notes are designed to meet the requirements
of training and, to a certain extent, take into consideration
ATA 104 recommendations and the requirements of the various
authorities concerned.

This document includes 351 pages. It was produced using DTP

(DeskTop Publishing) software.

For training purposes only 0.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
The abbreviations / symbols shown below may be used during training:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

A/C................. Aircraft FOD................ Foreign Object Damage

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AC.................. Alternating Current ft..................... Feet

ACMS............. Automatic Control Monitoring System FVC................ Frequency/Voltage Converter
ACW............... Anticlockwise FWD............... Forward
AEO................ All Engines Operating g..................... Grams
AFCS.............. Automatic Flight Control System G..................... Mass air flow
APM................ Auto Pilot Module HE.................. High Energy
ATA................. Air Transport Association HF................... Human factors
ATS................. Air Traffic Services HFC................ Hourly Fuel Consumption
BITE............... Built-In Test Equipment HP................... Horsepower
cc/hr................ Cubic centimetres per hour HP................... High Pressure
CFT................. Frequency/Voltage Converter HUMS............. Health and Usage Monitoring System
cSt.................. Centistokes Hz................... Hertz
CW.................. Clockwise ICAO............... International Civil Aviation Organisation
daN................. DecaNewtons ID.................... Identification
dB................... Decibels IFDS............... Integrated Flight Display System
DC.................. Direct Current IIDS................ Integrated Instrument Display System
DGAC............. Direction Générale de l'Aviation Civile ILS.................. Integrated Logistics Support
EASA ............. European Aviation Safety Agency IPC................. Illustrated Parts Catalogue
Ec................... Kinetic energy ISA.................. International Standard Atmosphere
ECU................ Electronic Control Unit ISV.................. Servo-valve intensity
EGT................ Exhaust Gas Temperature kHz................. Kilohertz
FAA................. Federal Aviation Agency kPa................. Kilopascals
FADEC........... Full Authority Digital Engine Control kW.................. Kilowatts
FCU................ Fuel Control Unit lb..................... Pounds
FM.................. Flight Manual lb/HP.hr........... Pounds per Horsepower per hour
FMU................ Fuel Metering Unit l/hr.................. Litres per hour
For training purposes only 0.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
(CONTINUED)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

lb/hr................ Pounds per hour O/S................. Overspeed

lb/sec. ............ Pounds per second OEI................. One Engine Inoperative
LP................... Low Pressure P..................... Pressure

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LRU................ Line Replaceable Unit P2................... Compressor outlet pressure

LTT................. Learning Through Teaching PCMCIA.......... Personal Computer Memory Card International
LVDT............... Linear Voltage Differential Transducer Association
m..................... Metres PH.................. Oil pressure
mA.................. Milliamperes POS................ Position
MAX................ Maximum PPM................ Parts per million
MCQ............... Multiple-Choice Questionnaire PSI.................. Pounds per Square Inch
MGB............... Main GearBox PSIA............... Pounds per Square Inch Absolute
MHz................ Megahertz PSID............... Pounds per Square Inch Differential
MIN................. Minimum PSIG............... Pounds per Square Inch Gauge
mm.................. Millimetres PT................... Power Turbine
mP.................. Micro-processor RAM................ Random-Access Memory
MTBF.............. Mean Time Between Failures ROM............... Read-Only Memory
MTBUR........... Mean Time Between Unscheduled Removals rpm................. Revolutions per minute
MTCP............. Maintenance Test Control Panel SFC................ Specific Fuel Consumption
MTOP............. Max. Take-Off Power Shp................. Shaft horsepower
mV.................. Millivolts SI.................... International System of units
N..................... Rotation speed SMM............... Safety Management Manual
N1, Ng............ Gas generator rotation speed SMS................ Safety Management System
N2, Ntl............ Power turbine rotation speed SRU................ Shop Replaceable Unit
NMD............... Navigation and Mission Display t...................... Time
NR.................. Rotor rotation speed T4................... Gas generator turbine outlet temperature

For training purposes only 0.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
(CONTINUED)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

T..................... Temperature °C................... Degrees Celsius

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

T/O.................. Take-Off °F.................... Degrees Fahrenheit

TBO................ Time Between Overhauls K..................... Kelvin
TET................. Turbine Entry Temperature ±...................... Plus or minus (tolerance permitted)
TOT................ Turbine Outlet Temperature Ω..................... Ohms
TRQ................ Torque ∆..................... Difference (delta)
US G............... US Gallons ∆P................... Pressure difference
V..................... Volts %.................... Percent
VA................... Volt-Amperes <..................... Less than
VAC................ Volts, Alternating Current >..................... Greater than
VDC................ Volts, Direct Current ω .................... Angular speed
W.................... Power * ..................... Datum (e.g. N1* = N1 datum)
WF.................. Fuel flow θ..................... Collective pitch
XBV................ Bleed valve position signal
XCP................ Collective pitch position signal
XMV................ Metering valve position signal
XTL................. N2 trim position signal
Z..................... Altitude
Zp................... Pressure altitude

For training purposes only 0.9

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONVERSION TABLE
UNIT International System British or American Systems

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 mm = 0.039 inches

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Length
1m = 3 ft 3 inches = 39 inches

Volume 1 dm3 = 1 litre = 0.26 US gallons

Mass 1 kg = 2.2 lb

Power 1 kW = 1.34 HP

°C = (°F-32).5/9
Temperature
K = [(°F-32).5/9] + 273

Pressure 1 kPa = 0.01 bar = 0.145 PSI

Flow (air, oil, fuel) 1 kg/s = 2.2 lb/sec.

Specific Fuel Consumption 1 g/kW.h = 0.00164 lb/HP.hr

For training purposes only 0.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONVERSION TABLE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

1 - INTRODUCTION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- General information............................................................................... 1.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Training programme.............................................................................. 1.4 - 1.5

For training purposes only 1.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 INTRODUCTION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
GENERAL INFORMATION
"The power of knowledge"
Adequate training is essential for obvious safety reasons, but also
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
to reduce additional maintenance costs incurred by unjustified
removals and excessive downtime.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
"Greater knowledge leads to greater efficiency".
Training objectives
The main objective is the acquisition of the knowledge required
for the tasks to be achieved ("know and know how").
Further information is also provided to broaden students’
skills and experience.
Training approach
- Performance-based training according to task analysis,
with classroom sessions, trainee involvement, practical work
and troubleshooting techniques
- Advanced training aids: training notes, multimedia
courseware (or Computer-Aided Presentations) and a
demonstration training engine
- Instructors who are trained on the product and in teaching
methods, and qualified by TURBOMECA
- All courses can be given in either English or French.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
TURBOMECA Training
In accordance with TURBOMECA Support's proximity policy,
TURBOMECA Training has developed a worldwide training
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
network with either an official office or a Reference Training
Centre on each continent.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
TURBOMECA Training courses can therefore be conducted
worldwide:
- In the TURBOMECA France Reference Training Centre
- In the TURBOMECA USA Reference Training Centre
- In the TURBOMECA do Brasil Reference Training Centre
- In other TURBOMECA subsidiaries, e.g. TURBOMECA
Australasia or TURBOMECA Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- In affiliated Training Centres
- In Training Centres approved by TURBOMECA Training
- Directly at the customer's site.
Courses are conducted by an instructor qualified and accredited
by TURBOMECA.
TURBOMECA training contact
The focal point for all your TURBOMECA Training needs is the
"TURBOMECA Operator On-Line Support" (TOOLS) website:
www.turbomeca-support.com
1.2
INTRODUCTION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

TRAINING: "The power of knowledge"

TRAINING OBJECTIVES
Adequate training is essential for obvious safety reasons,
but also to reduce additional maintenance costs incurred

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

by unjustified removals and excessive downtime.

TRAINING APPROACH
"Greater knowledge leads to greater efficiency".

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

North America Area

TM USA
RTC

Europe - Asia -
Africa - TM F Corporate TAP Pacific -
RTC TURBOMECA RTC
Middle East Training Australasia
Area Area

TM B RTC ................. Reference Training Centre

RTC TM ................... TURBOMECA
The focal point for all your
TM F ................ TURBOMECA France
TURBOMECA Training needs:
TM USA........... TURBOMECA USA
www.turbomeca-support.com TM B................ TURBOMECA do Brasil
South America Area TAP ................. TURBOMECA Asia Pacific

GENERAL INFORMATION
For training purposes only 1.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 INTRODUCTION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

TRAINING PROGRAMME
Turbomeca’s training programme has been designed to meet
the training requirements and takes into consideration ATA
104 recommendations and the requirements of the various
authorities concerned.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

It should be noted that "classroom sessions" alternate with

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

periods devoted to demonstrations and practical work.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

For training purposes only 1.4

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 INTRODUCTION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

TRAINING COURSE OBJECTIVE DURATION

At the end of this course, the trainee will be able to describe the engine, explain its principle of
FAMILIARISATION 2 DAYS
operation and identify the main components of the engine and its systems.
At the end of this course, the trainee will be able to identify the engine components, describe and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1st LINE MAINTENANCE explain the operation of the engine and its systems, and carry out maintenance procedures (engine 5 DAYS
COURSE installed in the airframe) and troubleshooting.
At the end of this course, the trainee will be able to identify the engine components, carry out

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

certain maintenance procedures (engine removed from the airframe), i.e. the removal/installation of
2nd LINE MAINTENANCE modules and Shop Replaceable Units. 4 DAYS
COURSE PROGRAMME: The programme mainly includes practical work. It can be carried out j u s t after the
1st line maintenance course.

At the end of this course, the trainee will be able to carry out the intramodular maintenance procedures
(deep maintenance).
3rd LINE MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME: This course consists entirely of practical work and the trainees must have certain FROM 3 DAYS
COURSE qualifications. The course documentation consists of the Maintenance Manual and TO 3 WEEKS
Maintenance Technical Instructions. The qualification awarded at the end of this
course is time-limited and will be renewed under certain conditions.
At the end of this course, the trainee will have a greater understanding of the engine and its systems.
REFRESHER NOTE: This course is recommended for technicians who have already attended the 1st line maintenance 2 DAYS
course and who have since acquired about one year's experience on the type of engine concerned.
At the end of this course, the trainee will be able to better identify and correct operating problems.
TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE: This course is recommended for technicians who have already attended the 1st line maintenance 2 DAYS
course and who have since acquired about one year's experience on the type of engine concerned.

At the end of this course, the trainee will have an in-depth understanding of the engine fuel and control
FUEL AND CONTROL systems.
2 DAYS
SYSTEMS NOTE: This course is recommended for technicians who have already attended the 1st line maintenance
course and who have since acquired about one year's experience on the type of engine concerned.

ENGINE At the end of this course, the trainee will be able to understand and use the engine documentation.
2 DAYS
DOCUMENTATION NOTE: A basic knowledge of engines is recommended.

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS / ATA 104 RECOMMENDATIONS / REQUIREMENTS OF THE VARIOUS AUTHORITIES CONCERNED

TRAINING PROGRAMME
For training purposes only 1.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 INTRODUCTION
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

2 - POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Power plant (71-00-00) .......................................................................... 2.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Principle of adaptation to the helicopter ............................................ 2.8

- Main characteristics ............................................................................. 2.10
- Design and development ..................................................................... 2.14
- Maintenance .......................................................................................... 2.16 - 2.27

(XX-XX-XX): Reference of pages which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 2.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

POWER PLANT
GENERAL - Approximate dimensions of engine:
• Length: 2103 mm (82 inches) with exhaust pipe and
1837 mm (71.6 inches) without exhaust pipe
Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

• Width: 665 mm (26 inches) with exhaust pipe and 528 mm

The engine provides mechanical power for the helicopter's (20.5 inches) without exhaust pipe
propulsion by transforming the energy contained in the ambient • Height: 673 mm (26.3 inches)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

air and in the fuel into mechanical energy. • Electronic Control Unit mass: 4.5 kg (10 lb).

Main characteristics Main components

- Type: Free-turbine turboshaft engine, with rear power drive - Turboshaft engine with specific equipment
- Concept: Modular
- Electronic Control Unit (ECU).
- Max. Take-Off Power (MTOP) (engine uninstalled):
• 1A: 1240 kW (1662 Shp)
• 1A1: 1357 kW (1818 Shp)
- Specific fuel consumption:
• 1A: 352 g/kW.h at 700 kW (0.58 lb/HP.hr at 938 Shp)
• 1A1: 342 g/kW.h at 700 kW (0.56 lb/HP.hr at 938 Shp)
- Output shaft speed: 22850 rpm (at 100% N2)
- Dry mass (with "specific equipment"): 238 kg (525 lb)

For training purposes only 2.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

22850 rpm

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIR
GAS

FUEL

ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT
(ECU) Max. Take-Off Power (MTOP)
TURBOSHAFT ENGINE (engine uninstalled):
Type: • 1A: 1240 kW (1662 Shp)
Free-turbine turboshaft engine, • 1A1: 1357 kW (1818 Shp)
with rear power drive
Specific fuel consumption:
Concept:
Modular • 1A: 352 g/kW.h at 700 kW
(0.58 lb/HP.hr at 938 Shp)
Dry mass • 1A1: 342 g/kW.h at 700 kW
(with "specific equipment"): (0.56 lb/HP.hr at 938 Shp)
238 kg (525 lb)

GENERAL
POWER PLANT
For training purposes only 2.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

POWER PLANT
DESCRIPTION
Transmission shaft
This description presents the engine main functional components. - Shaft (located in a linking tube) which connects the power

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

turbine to the helicopter main gearbox.

Gas generator
Accessory drive

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Annular air intake

- Accessory drive train driven by the gas generator. The
- Three-stage axial compressor accessory drive train is located in the upper part of the air
- Single-stage centrifugal compressor intake casing.

- Annular combustion chamber with centrifugal fuel injection

- Two-stage axial turbine.

Power turbine
- Two-stage axial turbine.

Exhaust pipe
- Pipe with axial exhaust. It can be orientated to the left or to
the right depending on the engine installation.

For training purposes only 2.4

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ACCESSORY DRIVE POWER TURBINE EXHAUST PIPE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Air Axial Centrifugal Combustion Turbine

intake compressor compressor chamber

GAS GENERATOR TRANSMISSION SHAFT

DESCRIPTION
POWER PLANT
For training purposes only 2.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
POWER PLANT
OPERATION
This section deals with the parameters and the adaptation of
the gas generator and power turbine.
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Component adaptation
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
For engine operation, two functional assemblies can be
considered:
- The gas generator, which provides kinetic energy
- The power turbine, which transforms the kinetic energy in
the gas into mechanical power on a shaft.
The two assemblies have different rotation speeds.
Gas generator
The operation of the gas generator is defined by:
- The air mass flow (G) (airflow which enters the engine)
- The air pressure and air temperature at the centrifugal
compressor outlet (P2 and T2)
- The fuel flow (WF) (rate at which fuel is injected into the
combustion chamber)
- The gas temperature at the gas generator turbine inlet (TET)
- The gas generator rotation speed (N1)
- The kinetic energy (Ec) supplied to the power turbine.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
Power turbine
The operation of the power turbine is defined by the balance
between the power received from the gas generator in the form
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
of kinetic energy and the torque applied on the shaft, i.e. the
N2 rotation speed and the torque (TRQ).
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Operation
Operation is represented by the graph which shows the power
(W), the rotation speeds (N1 and N2) and the max. torque limit
(TRQ) imposed by the mechanical transmission:
- The torque (TRQ) is a function of the N2 rotation speed
- The power (W) is equal to the torque (TRQ) multiplied by the
angular velocity (ω)
- At constant N2 speed, the power is only a function of the
torque
- The engine parameters can be represented as a function of
a reference parameter, e.g. N1.
Control
The operation of the engine is controlled and monitored by an
Electronic Control Unit (ECU).
2.6
POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

GAS GENERATOR POWER TURBINE

N1 TRQ
(rotation speed) (shaft torque)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

G Ec N2
(air mass (kinetic (constant rotation speed)
flow) energy)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

W
(shaft power)

P2, T2 TET
(compressor outlet (Turbine Entry Temperature)
pressure and temperature)
WF
(fuel flow)
ENGINE
PARAMETERS
W TRQ
Q) W = TRQ . ω G
(T
R N1 /P0
q ue isospeeds ω = 2. .N P2 W C
or 60
t
x. HF T
Ma TE
SFC

N2 N2 N1
Power (W) and speeds N1, N2 Torque (TRQ) as a function of N2 P2/P0: Compression ratio
HFC: Hourly Fuel Consumption
SFC : Specific Fuel Consumption

OPERATION
POWER PLANT
For training purposes only 2.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PRINCIPLE OF ADAPTATION TO THE

HELICOPTER
Installation requirements
Power transmission The main functional requirements of the installation are:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The mechanical power supplied by the engine is used to drive - Constant rotor rotation speed (NR) in all operating conditions
the helicopter rotors through a mechanical transmission.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Max. torque limit (TRQ) (usually imposed by the aircraft

This power is absorbed by: transmission)
- The main rotor (approx. 82%) - Complete engine protection (N1 and N2 speeds, TET,
acceleration control (∆WF/∆t), …)
- The tail rotor (approx. 10%)
- Good load sharing in twin-engine configuration.
- The main gearbox (approx. 8%).

Twin-engine configuration Adaptation to requirements

In a twin-engine configuration, the engines are installed at the
rear of the main gearbox.
The power turbines of the two engines are mechanically
connected to the main gearbox which drives the rotors (main
and tail rotors).
To obtain a constant power turbine rotation speed (N2), the
power supplied by the engine is automatically adapted to the
demand. This adaptation is regulated by the control system,
which meters the fuel flow injected into the combustion
chamber so as to deliver the required power (variation of the
gas generator rotation speed (N1)), while keeping the engine
within its operational limits.

For training purposes only 2.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MAIN ROTOR MAIN

82% ROTOR
ENGINE 2

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

TAIL
ROTOR
ENGINE
100%

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ENGINE 1
MAIN GEARBOX 8% TAIL ROTOR
10% MAIN
GEARBOX
POWER TRANSMISSION TWIN ENGINE CONFIGURATION

N2 W - Power

CONSTANT NR

∆W
N1, TET, ∆WF/∆t
N2
∆N2

∆N2

time
Max. torque TRQ ∆t

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ADAPTATION TO REQUIREMENTS

PRINCIPLE OF ADAPTATION TO THE HELICOPTER

For training purposes only 2.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
ENGINE RATINGS - OEI Training ratings:

The engine ratings correspond to given conditions of helicopter After the Training mode has been selected, one engine can
operation. The ratings are generally defined under determined be throttled back so that it provides no power. The other

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

conditions of speed and atmosphere (altitude and temperature). engine’s max. rating is then derated to a value lower than
the MTOP:
The engine can operate according to the following ratings:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• OEI Training 2 min. 30 sec. (MCP Training)

- AEO ratings (All Engines Operating): • ICP Training
• Max. Take-Off Power (MTOP): max. rating which can be
Note: The power values indicated correspond to the engine
used during take-off. This rating has a limited duration
configuration: engine on test bench in ISA conditions
(5 min. continuous)
at sea level.
• Max. Continuous Power: max. rating which can be used
without time limitation (this does not imply that it is used
permanently) Representation of limits
- OEI ratings (One Engine Inoperative): We can distinguish between:
• OEI 2 min. 30 sec. (Max. Contingency Power): rating
which can be used in the case of one engine failure during Continuous lines, which represent ratings with a stop, i.e.:
take-off or landing. This rating is limited to a period of
continuous operation (2 min. 30 sec.). - OEI 2 min. 30 sec., which has a mechanical stop
• Intermediate Contingency Power (ICP) or OEI 30 min.: - OEI Training 2 min. 30 sec., which has an electrical stop.
rating which can be used in the case of one engine
failure in flight. This rating is either limited to 30 min. or Dotted lines, which represent ratings with no stop, i.e. so-called
is limited according to the certification authorities. "pilot-controlled" limits.
Note: Use of the OEI 2 min. 30 sec. rating: Use of this rating
requires certain maintenance procedures to be carried
out.

For training purposes only 2.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Limit with a stop

Limit with no stop

N1 ("pilot-controlled")

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

OEI
2 min. 30 sec.
MTOP

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ICP or OEI Training

(5 min.) Max. 1A: 1310 kW OEI 30 min. 2 min. 30 sec.
continuous 1A1: 1400 kW
1A: 1240 kW power
1A1: 1357 kW 1A: 1240 kW ICP Training
(continuous) 1A1: 1330 kW

1A: 1130 kW
1A1: 1185 kW

AEO OEI OEI TRAINING

RATINGS RATINGS RATINGS

Note: The power values indicated correspond to the engine configuration: engine on test
bench in ISA conditions at sea level.

ENGINE RATINGS
MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
For training purposes only 2.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
ENGINE OPERATING ENVELOPE
Note: The engine operates within various limits: rotation
The engine is designed to operate within a given climatic speeds, temperatures, pressures, etc.
envelope.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Refer to the corresponding chapters and official technical

The envelope is defined by: publications.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- The atmospheric temperature T0

- The pressure altitude Zp.

Flight envelope
The flight envelope is illustrated by the T0/Zp diagram. It is
comprised between -500 and 7500 m (-1640, 24600 ft) pressure
altitude Zp and between -50 and +50°C (-58, +122°F) ambient
temperature.

Starting and relight envelope

The starting and relight envelope is the range within which the
engine is certified to be started and relit (restarted).

Like the flight envelope, it is defined in terms of atmospheric

temperature (T0) and pressure altitude (Zp), but may also be
affected by the oil and fuel specifications used and/or by special
procedures.

For training purposes only 2.12

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PRESSURE May also be affected by oil

ALTITUDE Zp and fuel specifications used
and/or by special procedures
7500 m

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

FLIGHT ENVELOPE
(24600 ft)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

6000 m
(19680 ft)

STARTING AND RELIGHT ENVELOPE

(outside this envelope, starting and relight
possible under certain conditions - e.g. hot
engine, hot battery, oil specification…)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
0 or T0
-500 m
(-1640 ft)
-50°C -30°C +50°C
(-58°F) (-22°F) (+122°F)

FLIGHT, STARTING AND RELIGHT ENVELOPE

ENGINE OPERATING ENVELOPE

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
For training purposes only 2.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

Design principles Maintenance concept

Turboshaft engines are designed to meet the propulsion The main aspects of the maintenance concept are:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

requirements of aircraft, in particular the new generation of - Effective modularity

helicopters.
- Good accessibility

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The engine's design is based on:

- Reduced removal and installation times
- An optimised thermodynamic cycle which gives high
performance - "On-condition" monitoring
- Simple, reliable components offering good supportability and - Long TBO, right from initial introduction into service
maintainability to reduce operating costs.
- Low cost of ownership:
• Low production costs
Stages of development • Durability (defined and proven TBO and life limits)
- Basic version: 1979 • High reliability
• Low fuel consumption.
- 1st serial engine: 1980
- MAKILA 1A1: 1985
Engine designation
- MAKILA 1A2: 1988.
MAKILA (Basque word meaning stick) wooden stick with a
dagger in its handle.
Applications
- 1: Type
The MAKILA 1A-1A1 are currently power the twin-engine - A: Variant
helicopters:
- 1: Version.
- AS 332 C/L SUPER PUMA (2 x MAKILA 1A)
- AS 332 C1/L1 SUPER PUMA (2 x MAKILA 1A1)
- AS 532 COUGAR (2 X MAKILA 1A1).

For training purposes only 2.14

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Engine design MAINTENANCE CONCEPT

- Effective modularity

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Good accessibility
- Reduced removal and installation times
Optimised Simple, reliable - "On-condition" monitoring
thermodynamic cycle components

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Long TBO, right from initial introduction

into service
- Low cost of ownership:
• Low production costs
Supportability
• Durability (defined and proven TBO
Maintainability
and life limits)
• High reliability
• Low fuel consumption.
High Cost
performance reduction MAKILA

DESIGN PRINCIPLES
Example: MAKILA 1A1
Steps MAKILA: Basque word meaning a
1988 wooden stick with a
MAKILA 1A2 dagger in its handle
1: Type
1985 AS 332 C/L SUPER PUMA (2 x MAKILA 1A) A: Variant
MAKILA 1A1 AS 332 C1/L1 SUPER PUMA (2 x MAKILA 1A1) 1: Version
1980 ENGINE DESIGNATION
MAKILA 1A

1979 time
Basic version AS 532 COUGAR (2 X MAKILA 1A1)

STAGES OF DEVELOPMENT APPLICATIONS

DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

For training purposes only 2.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE LEVELS Other aspects of maintenance
Maintenance tasks are divided into 4 levels or "lines": Refer to the pages that follow.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1st line maintenance: on-line engine maintenance. Note 1: LRU - Line Replaceable Unit
- Scheduled and preventive maintenance SRU - Shop Replaceable Unit.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Checks and inspections Note 2: The maintenance levels are determined by the operator
• Removals due to completed TBO or life limits taking into account material difficulties, the personnel
and logistical considerations.
- Corrective maintenance
As far as the engine manufacturer is concerned, the
• Failure detection so-called routine maintenance procedures (1st and 2nd
• Replacement of LRUs line) are defined and described in the Maintenance
• Checks. Manual. Deep maintenance (3rd line) and overhaul
(4th line) are described in other documents and are
subject to specific licence agreements.
2nd line maintenance: workshop engine maintenance.
- Corrective maintenance: removal and installation of modules
and SRUs.
3rd line maintenance: deep maintenance which involves
module repairs.
- Corrective maintenance: replacement of parts.
4th line maintenance: overhaul and repair in a specialist
workshop.
- Scheduled maintenance performed at the end of the TBO or
to replace parts which have reached their life limit.
- Corrective maintenance.

For training purposes only 2.16

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAINTENANCE LEVELS

1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
- Scheduled or preventive
maintenance
- Corrective maintenance
(LRUs)
2ND LINE MAINTENANCE
- Corrective maintenance
(modules, SRUs)
3RD LINE MAINTENANCE
- Deep maintenance
- Corrective maintenance
(parts)
4TH LINE MAINTENANCE
- Scheduled maintenance
(overhaul, repair in a specialist
workshop)
- Corrective maintenance

Maintenance Manual Maintenance Technical Overhaul Manual

(Operator or Service Centre Instructions (Repair Centre)
or Maintenance Centre) (Operator or Maintenance Centre)

MAINTENANCE LEVELS
MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
MAINTENANCE
LIFE LIMITATIONS
TBOs
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
TBOs (Times Between Overhauls) are defined for the engine,
the modules and certain accessories. These TBOs, which are
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
determined on the basis of tests and experience, are subject
to an extension programme.
TBOs are expressed in flight hours.
Life limits
Certain components (mainly rotating parts such as compressors,
turbines, …) have a life limit which requires the part to be
scrapped when the limit is reached.
Life limits are expressed in operating cycles (C1 or C2 cycles).
Calendar limits
A calendar limit is the time (expressed in years) after which an
engine, module or accessory subject to a calendar limit has to
be returned to the factory or an approved repair centre.
The calendar limit starts to run from the moment when the
engine, module or accessory is installed on the aircraft (since
new, overhaul or repair).
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
Counting of hours and cycles
A cycle is a clearly defined operating sequence. Cycles are
counted manually. The method for counting cycles and the
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
various limits are described in Chapter 5 of the Maintenance
Manual.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
On-condition monitoring
Some components have no TBO, life limit or calendar limit.
They are generally considered to be "on-condition" components.
Use-limited parts
These parts have a maximum usage time defined in hours and
include parts such as bearings, casings and shafts. Their limits
are greater than the normal engine TBO, thus permitting them
to be used over two or more TBOs, which reduces overhaul
costs for the customer.
These parts and their corresponding limits are listed in the
engine log book.
Note: Use-limited parts differ from life-limited parts in that the
latter must comply with specific requirements and are
subject to approval by the certification authorities.
2.18
POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

COUNTING OF HOURS
TBOs AND CYCLES ON-CONDITION MONITORING
Some components have no

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Manual counting
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Engine
TBO, life limit or calendar
- Modules
limit. They are generally
- Accessories
considered to be "on-condition"

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

components

LIFE LIMITS USE-LIMITED PARTS

Cycles for: Maximum usage time:

- Compressors - Defined in hours
- Turbines - Greater than the normal engine
- ... TBO
Can be used over two or more
TBOs, which reduces overhaul
costs

CALENDAR LIMITS
Time limits (since new, overhaul
or repair):
- Engine
- Modules
Electronic Control
- Accessories
Unit

LIFE LIMITATIONS
MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Preventive maintenance is a schedule of planned maintenance
tasks aimed at the prevention of failures.
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
It includes two types of inspections:
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Servicing inspections
- Inspection before the first flight of the day
- Inspection after the last flight of the day
- "Pre-flight" inspections
- "Post-flight" inspections.
Scheduled inspections
- These procedures can be "grouped" (all procedures performed
together at fixed intervals) or "staggered" (the procedures are
spread over a period of time to reduce downtime while still
respecting the intervals)
- The inspections are scheduled according to flight hours (e.g.
every 500 hours) or a calendar period (e.g. every 2 years)
- Special inspections:
• Particular inspections
• Inspections linked to airworthiness.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
Examples of inspections/checks carried out
- Borescopic inspection: this permits inspection of internal
parts which are otherwise not accessible without disassembly
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
- Lubrication oil check: various methods are used to check
for the contamination of the oil (magnetic plugs, strainers,
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
sampling). Samples of oil are taken at regular intervals and
the samples are analysed to measure the contamination and
anticipate incipient failures (analysis by magnetic-particle
inspection, ferrography, spectrometric oil analysis)
- Vibration level check: the vibration level of the rotating
assemblies gives an indication of the engine's condition
- Power check: this is carried out by the pilot (refer to the
Flight Manual)
- Visual inspections: direct visual inspections can also be
carried out for "on-condition" monitoring.
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
The aim of corrective maintenance is to put the engine back into
normal service as soon as possible. Corrective maintenance
includes all procedures which must be carried out when required
(in the event of a failure, anomaly, etc.).
2.20
POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Servicing inspections / Scheduled inspections

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

EXAMPLE OF MAIN INSPECTION POINTS

- Visual checks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection of filters
- Inspection of magnetic plugs
- Oil sampling (for analysis)
- Oil level (and replenishment if required)
- Compressor cleaning (depending on
operating conditions)
- Ground run test
- EECU operating data
- ...

LUBRICATION OIL CHECK VIBRATION LEVEL

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECK
BORESCOPIC INSPECTION DIRECT VISUAL
To put the engine back into normal service
INSPECTIONS
as soon as possible

EXAMPLE OF MAIN TASKS

- Troubleshooting
- Run-down time check
- Functional and condition checks FLI
GH
TM
- Removal and installation REFER TO THE AN
UA
L
- Adjustments
- Miscellaneous procedures (cleaning, storage ...)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- Repairs (or replacements) Chapter 05 POWER
- Particular instructions CHECK

PREVENTIVE AND CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
MAINTENANCE
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - PRESENTATION
This section describes engine technical documentation used
in 1st and 2nd line maintenance.
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Maintenance documents
The maintenance documents are:
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
- The routine-maintenance documents (1st and 2nd line):
• Maintenance Manual (describes the engine, its systems
and all the maintenance procedures)
• Service Bulletins (approved by the authorities and issued
to inform operators of a modification or instruction which
affects operational aspects)
• Service Letters (sent to inform operators of certain
measures relating to the operation of the engine)
• Modification Index
Standard practices: all practices which are not specific to a
product. When applied to a given engine, they are however
described in chapter 70 of the Maintenance Manual.
Main practices: thread inserts, LOCTITE products, tightening
torques, locking of assemblies, electrical connectors, ...
Troubleshooting
Chapter 71-00-.. of the Maintenance Manual, which is dedicated
to troubleshooting, includes a list of troubleshooting tasks.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
Identification documents
The identification documents are:
- The routine-maintenance documents:
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
• Spare Parts Catalogue (designations and references of
all the spare parts)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
• Tools Catalogue (designations and references of all the
tools).
Operation documents
The operation documents are:
- Engine log book (records and provides information on the
engine status)
- Flight Manual (the Flight Manual is the pilot's basic reference
document and specifies the limitations, the normal and
emergency procedures, and the performance data. It is
approved by the Airworthiness Authorities).
Electronic documentation
- Maintenance Technical Publications: these are electronic
versions of the maintenance documentation
- TOOLS: this is a website-based service which provides
updates of technical publications such as Service Bulletins,
Service Letters, Maintenance Manuals, etc. Each time a new
update is issued, subscribers to the service will be immediately
notified and sent a copy of it by e-mail.
2.22
POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE IDENTIFICATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

MAKILA MAKILA MAKILA MAKILA MAKILA MAKILA MAKILA MAKILA

1A1 1A1 1A1 1A1 1A1 1A1 1A1 1A1

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE SERVICE SERVICE MODIFICATION SPARE TOOLS

MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL BULLETINS LETTERS INDEX PARTS CATALOGUE
CATALOGUE

OPERATION
COMPOSITION OF THE MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CHAP DESIGNATION
00 Introduction ENGINE FLI
GH
TM
05 Time limits / LOG BOOK AN
UA
L
Maintenance checks
26 Fire protection
70 Standard practices ELECTRONIC
71 Power plant
72 Engine
73 Fuel system
74 Ignition
75 Air
Troubleshooting 77 Engine indicating
tasks
78 Exhaust system
79 Lubrication MAINTENANCE

80 Starting

(compiled according to the recommendations

TECHNICAL
of the American "ATA 100" standard) PUBLICATION

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - PRESENTATION

MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - ADVISORY NOTICES
Examples
Three types of advisory notice are used in the technical
publications: WARNING: do not breathe oil vapours. Do not leave oil in

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

contact with the skin.

- WARNING
CAUTION: if the flush is being carried out because of metal

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- CAUTION particles in the oil system, change the filter and clean the tank
thoroughly.
- NOTE.
NOTE: take the oil sample before carrying out any replenishment.
Interpretation
WARNING: warns the reader of the possibility of physical harm
(e.g. injury, intoxication, electrocution).

CAUTION: warns the reader of the possibility of damaging the

engine or tooling.

NOTE: gives the reader advice on how best to carry out a task.

For training purposes only 2.24

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

WARNING
CAUTION NOTE
(possibility of
(possibility of damage) (advice)
physical harm)

Examples: Examples: Examples:

- Toxicity of engine oil and vapours - Titanium part cleaning - Oil analysis
- Toxicity of cleaning products - Scrapping of O-ring seals - Cycle counting
- Toxicity of extinguishing products - Use of the correct cleaning products - Installation of O-ring seals
- Eye protection - Engine cooling - Engine storage
- Fire risk - Engine cleaning after using - Isolation measures
- Electrical discharge from ignition units: extinguishing product - Procedural changes before or after
- electrocution - Protection of orifices during modifications
- risks with use in an inflammable disassembly - ……
atmosphere - Fragility of borescopes
- …… - Torque-tightening
- ……

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - ADVISORY NOTICES

MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
SAFETY MANAGEMENT
The International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) requires that
States establish a safety programme to achieve an acceptable
Environment - The situation in which the SHEL(L) system must
function, the social and economic climate as
well as the natural environment

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

level of safety in aviation operations. Therefore, States shall in Liveware - Human beings (engineers, technicians, aircrew,
turn require that individual operators, maintenance organisations, managers and administrative personnel)
ATS providers and certified aerodrome operators implement

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

a Safety Management System (SMS) that is approved by the The edges of the blocks representing these components are
State concerned. not simple and straight because each component has to be
adapted to the others. When considering HF, all the interfaces
The ICAO provides a Safety Management Manual (SMM) which have to be taken into account:
explains the implementation of an SMS (see below for details).
- Liveware - Software
HUMAN FACTORS
- Liveware - Hardware
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) requires that
aviation maintenance personnel receive training on Human - Liveware - Environment
Factors (HF).
- Liveware - Liveware
Such personnel must therefore have initial HF training, followed
by regular refresher training. Depending on the persons concerned, EASA Part 145
recommends 1 to 3 days' initial training on HF, and further
The ICAO SHEL(L) model below is a conceptual model training every 2 years.
representing the different components involved in human factors,
and is intended as a basic aid to understanding HF:

Software - The rules, procedures, written documents, etc.,

which are part of standard procedures

Hardware - Tools, equipment, workshops, hangars

For training purposes only 2.26

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

CHAPTERS OF SAFETY
MANAGEMENT MANUAL (SMM)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SOFTWARE
Chapter 1 OVERVIEW OF THE MANUAL
Chapter 2 BASIC SAFETY CONCEPTS
Chapter 3 INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY MANAGEMENT
Chapter 4 HAZARDS
Chapter 5 SAFETY RISKS
Chapter 6 ICAO SAFETY MANAGEMENT SARPs HARDWARE LIVEWARE LIVEWARE
Chapter 7 INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS
Chapter 8 SMS PLANNING
Chapter 9 SMS OPERATION
Chapter 10 PHASED APPROACH TO SMS
IMPLEMENTATION
Chapter 11 STATE SAFETY PROGRAMME ENVIRONMENT

SAFETY MANAGEMENT

HUMAN FACTORS

SAFETY MANAGEMENT - HUMAN FACTORS

MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 POWER PLANT
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

3 - ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Engine - Presentation ........................................................................... 3.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Air intake (72-10-01)............................................................................... 3.6

- Axial compressor (72-30-01)................................................................. 3.8
- Centrifugal compressor (72-40-01) ...................................................... 3.10
- Combustion chamber (72-40-01) ......................................................... 3.12
- Gas generator turbine (72-40-03) ......................................................... 3.14
- Intermediate diffuser (72-41-01)............................................................ 3.16
- Power turbine (72-50-01)....................................................................... 3.18
- Exhaust system (78-10-01).................................................................... 3.20
- Power transmission shaft (72-11, 72-51).............................................. 3.22
- Accessory drive (72-10-01)................................................................... 3.24
- Engine - Operation ................................................................................ 3.26
- Engine - 1st line maintenance ............................................................. 3.28 - 3.33

(XX-XX-XX): Reference of pages which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 3.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - PRESENTATION
GENERAL
Main components
Function - Air intake

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The engine transforms the energy in the fuel and air into - Accessory drive
mechanical power on a shaft.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Axial compressor

Main characteristics - Centrifugal compressor

- Type: free turbine with rear direct power drive - Combustion chamber

- Specific fuel consumption: - Turbine

• 1A: 352 g/kW.h at 700 kW (0.58 lb/HP.hr at 938 Shp)
- Intermediate diffuser
• 1A1: 342 g/kW.h at 700 kW (0.56 lb/HP.hr at 938 Shp)
- Power turbine
- Gas generator speed (N1): 33200 rpm (100%)
• Direction of rotation: anti-clockwise (ACW) - Exhaust pipe

- Power turbine speed (N2): 22850 rpm (100%) - Power transmission shaft.
• Direction of rotation: anti-clockwise (ACW).

Note: Direction of rotation given viewed from the rear.

For training purposes only 3.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ACCESSORY AXIAL CENTRIFUGAL TURBINE POWER EXHAUST

DRIVE COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR TURBINE PIPE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Free turbine with rear
direct power drive

Specific fuel consumption:

• 1A: 352 g/kW.h at 700 kW
(0.58 lb/HP.hr at 938 Shp)
• 1A1: 342 g/kW.h at 700 kW
(0.56 lb/HP.hr at 938 Shp)

Gas generator (N1):

33200 rpm (100%), ACW

Power turbine (N2): AIR INTAKE COMBUSTION INTERMEDIATE POWER TRANSMISSION

22850 rpm (100%), ACW CHAMBER DIFFUSER SHAFT

GENERAL
ENGINE - PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 3.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE

MAKILA 1A-1A1
ENGINE - PRESENTATION
DESCRIPTION
Modular layout
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
The engine comprises 5 modules:
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
- Module M01: air intake, oil reservoir and accessory drive
- Module M02: axial compressor
- Module M03: gas generator high pressure section
- Module M04: intermediate diffuser
- Module M05: power turbine.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training
Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
Note 1: A module is a sub-assembly which can be replaced
on-site (2nd line maintenance) without complex
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
tooling or adaptation work.
Each module has its own identification plate. The
overall engine identification plate is fitted on the top
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
M01 oil reservoir.
Note 2: A number of accessories are linked to each module.
In these training notes, the accessories are dealt with
in the chapters corresponding to the main systems
concerned.
3.4
Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MODULE M01 MODULE M03 MODULE M05

AIR INTAKE, OIL RESERVOIR GAS GENERATOR HIGH POWER TURBINE
AND ACCESSORY DRIVE PRESSURE SECTION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MODULE M02 MODULE M04

AXIAL COMPRESSOR INTERMEDIATE DIFFUSER

MODULE M04 AND M05 ENGINE IDENTIFICATION

IDENTIFICATION PLATES PLATE

External identification
plate
Internal identification
plate

MODULE 03 MODULE 01 AND 02

IDENTIFICATION PLATE IDENTIFICATION PLATES

DESCRIPTION
ENGINE - PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 3.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

AIR INTAKE

Function Operation
The air intake directs the air into the axial compressor. The air inlet to the engine is formed by a direct frontal intake

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

mouth, anti-iced by the oil reservoir and a casing with an annular

passage.
Position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The inlet cone forms an air intake cowling, anti-iced by

The air intake also forms the oil reservoir and is located in front lubricating oil flow.
of the axial compressor.
The accessory drive shaft passes through the casing upper
The assembly forms the module M01 and it is secured to the strut.
module M03 by a ring of bolts.
The counter casing has mounting pads, air tapping unions
and a mounting pad for the air bleed valve.
Main characteristics
- Type: annular

- Air flow: 5.5 kg/s (12.1 lb/sec.).

Main components
- Air intake (anti-iced)
- Oil reservoir
- Accessory drive
- Counter casing
- Inlet cone (anti-iced)
- Compressor cleaning manifold.

For training purposes only 3.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

STREAMLINED ACCESSORY
STRUT DRIVE TRAIN

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

INTERNAL
HUB COUNTER
CASING

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CLEANING CLEANING
DEVICE ORIFICES DEVICE ORIFICE

ACCESSORY COUNTER
DRIVE CASING
AMBIENT
AIR
Inlet
(quick-fit
connection)

AIR TAPPING
BEVEL OIL POINT
GEARS RESERVOIR

AIR BLEED
Type: VALVE
Annular MOUNTING PAD
To the 4th jet
(on counter casing) Manifold fitted with
Air flow: 3 spray jets AIR INLET OIL
5.5 kg/s (12.1 lb/sec.) INTAKE CONE RESERVOIR
(anti-iced) (anti-iced)

AIR INTAKE
For training purposes only 3.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

AXIAL COMPRESSOR
PRESENTATION
Functional description
Function The axial compressor ensures the first stage of compression

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

in order to supercharge the centrifugal compressor.

The axial compressor ensures the first stage of compression
to supercharge the centrifugal compressor.
Compressor airflow

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
The axial compressor is located in the counter casing. It is
connected to the module M03 by a tie-bolt for the rotor and
by a ring nut for the stator. The axial compressor forms the
module M02.
Main characteristics
- Type: three-stage axial supercharging compressor
- Rotation speed: N1; ACW
- Wheels made of titanium alloy and blades cut from the solid.
Main components
The ambient air, admitted through the air intake duct and
guided by the inlet cone, flows between the blades of the axial
compressor. The air is discharged rearwards with an increased
axial velocity and increased pressure.
The air then flows through the diffuser vanes. Due to the divergent
passage, some of the air velocity is transformed into pressure.
The flow is straightened by the stator vanes before being
admitted, through an annular duct, to the centrifugal compressor.
Note: To avoid compressor surge, a valve discharges a certain
amount of axial compressor outlet air overboard in
certain operating conditions.

- Rotating components:
• Axial wheels (discs, shafts, bearings)
• Tie-bolt
- Stationary components:
• Diffusers (diffuser - straightener or stator vanes).

Note: The 3rd stage diffuser belongs to module M03.

For training purposes only 3.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Three-stage axial
supercharging compressor

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Rotation speed:
N1; ACW

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Wheels made from titanium alloy AIR DISCHARGED

AXIAL WHEELS and blades cut of the solid THROUGH THE COMPRESSOR
BLEED VALVE
ACCELERATION
OF THE AIR
TIE-BOLT

ADMISSION OF
AMBIENT AIR

COMPRESSION AND SUPERCHARGING OF THE

STRAIGHTENING CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR
DIFFUSERS OF THE AIR

PRESENTATION
AXIAL COMPRESSOR
For training purposes only 3.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR
PRESENTATION - Stationary components:
• Diffusers
• Casings.
Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The compressor supplies the compressed air required for Functional description
combustion.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The centrifugal compressor ensures the main stage of

Supercharged by the axial compressor, it ensures the second
compression.
stage of compression.
Compressor airflow
Position
The air supplied by the axial compressor flows between the
- At the front of module M03. blades of the centrifugal compressor. The air pressure increases
due to the divergent passage between the blades and the air
velocity increases due to the centrifugal flow.
Main characteristics
The air leaves the tips of the blades at very high velocity and
- Type: centrifugal
then flows through the 1st stage diffuser vanes where the
- Rotation speed: N1; ACW velocity is transformed into pressure.

- Wheel made of titanium alloy and blades cut from the solid. The air then passes through an elbow and the flow becomes axial.
In the 2nd stage diffuser, the velocity is again transformed into
pressure. The air is then admitted into the combustion chamber.
Main components
- Rotating components:
• Centrifugal wheel
• Tie-bolt
• Bearing

For training purposes only 3.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Centrifugal

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Rotation speed:
N1; ACW

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Wheel made of titanium alloy

and blades cut from the solid
CENTRIFUGAL WHEEL
COMPRESSION AND
STRAIGHTENING OF THE
AIR IN THE 2 STAGES
CASING AXIAL
OF THE DIFFUSER
DIFFUSER ACCELERATION AND
COMPRESSION OF THE AIR
RADIAL
DIFFUSER

SUPERCHARGING BY
THE AXIAL COMPRESSOR
AIR ADMITTED INTO
THE COMBUSTION
CHAMBER

BEARING

PRESENTATION
CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR
For training purposes only 3.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

COMBUSTION CHAMBER
PRESENTATION - Primary air: one part flows through the orifices of the front
swirl plate.
Function
A second part flows through the hollow vanes of the turbine

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The combustion chamber forms an enclosure in which the air/

fuel mixture is burnt. nozzle guide vane (cooling the vanes) and through the orifices
of the rear swirl plate.
Position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The primary air is mixed with the fuel sprayed by the injection
- Central section of the gas generator. wheel. The combustion occurs between the two swirl plates.
Main characteristics The flame temperature reaches approx. 2500°C (4532°F).

- Type: annular with centrifugal fuel injection - Secondary air: the secondary air (or dilution air) flows through
- Overall fuel/air ratio: 1/45 the orifices of the mixer unit. It is calibrated to obtain flame
stability, cooling of the gas, and distribution of temperature
- Made of special alloy. on the turbine.
Main components - Gas: the gas produced by combustion is directed into the
- Outer part (front swirl plate and mixer unit) turbine nozzle guide vane.
- Inner part (rear swirl plate and shroud) - Drain: a combustion chamber drain valve, which is fitted
- Fuel injection system on a flange at the bottom of the turbine casing, drains any
unburnt fuel overboard.
- Turbine casing
- Combustion chamber drain valve.
Operating parameters
Functional description The ratio of fuel to combustion air (primary air) is approximately
Combustion chamber flow 1/15. The overall fuel/air ratio is approximately 1/45.
The pressure drop in the combustion chamber is approx. 4%.
In the combustion chamber, the compressed air is divided into two
flows: a primary air flow mixed with the fuel for combustion and
a secondary air flow (or dilution air flow) for cooling of the gas.

For training purposes only 3.12

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Annular, with
centrifugal fuel injection

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

TURBINE CASING
Overall fuel/air ratio:
1/45

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Compressed air
Made of special alloy
Primary air (combustion)
Secondary air (dilution +
OUTER PART cooling)
Front swirl Mixer unit Gas
GAS FLOW
plate
TO THE TURBINE

Rear swirl Shroud

plate

INNER PART

Fuel injection Distribution Centrifugal

tube manifold injection wheel

FUEL INJECTION FUEL COMBUSTION

SYSTEM INJECTION (2500°C / 4532°F)

PRESENTATION
COMBUSTION CHAMBER
For training purposes only 3.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

GAS GENERATOR TURBINE

PRESENTATION
Functional description
Function The gas generator turbine transforms the gas energy into

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

mechanical power to drive the compressors and accessories.

The turbine extracts sufficient energy from the gas flow to drive
the compressors and the accessories. The operation is characterised by the first phase of expansion.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position Turbine gas flow

- At the rear of the gas generator. The gas first flows through the turbine nozzle guide vanes. The
gas velocity increases due to the convergent passage.
Main characteristics
The flow on the blades results in aerodynamic forces whose
- Type: 2 stage axial
resultant causes the rotation of the wheels.
- Turbine entry temperature: 1100°C (2012°F)
The gas, still containing energy, is directed to the power turbine.
- Rotation speed: N1; ACW
- Made of special alloy.

Main components
- Rotating components:
• Wheels
• Shafts
• Bearing
- Stationary components:
• Nozzle guide vanes
• Containment shield
• Casing.

For training purposes only 3.14

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
2 stage axial Rotation

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Turbine entry temperature:

1100°C (2012°F)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Rotation speed:
SHAFT WHEELS N1; ACW

Made of special alloy

GAS EXPANSION
IN THE TWO STAGES
(convergent passage) Nozzle Turbine
guide vane wheel

GAS TO THE
GAS FROM POWER TURBINE
THE COMBUSTION
CHAMBER

NOZZLE GUIDE VANES BEARING COMPRESSOR

DRIVE

PRESENTATION
GAS GENERATOR TURBINE
For training purposes only 3.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

INTERMEDIATE DIFFUSER

Function Operation
The intermediate diffuser ensures the gas flow between the The operation is characterised by the gas flow in the casing

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

gas generator and the power turbine. and in the power turbine 1st stage nozzle guide vane.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
- Between the gas generator and the power turbine.

Main characteristics
- Static assembly

- Forms the module M04.

Description
The assembly is secured by a ring of bolts to the gas generator
assembly at the front and to the power turbine assembly at the
rear.

It includes the nozzle guide vanes of the power turbine 1st stage.

Its internal hub supports the turbine bearing housing (gas

generator rear bearing and power turbine front bearing).

The casing comprises an inner and outer ring connected by

struts.

For training purposes only 3.16

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MODULE M03 MODULE M05 POWER TURBINE

MOUNTING FLANGE MOUNTING FLANGE 1st STAGE NOZZLE
GUIDE VANE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GAS FROM THE GAS GAS TO THE

Static assembly GENERATOR TURBINE POWER TURBINE

Forms the module M04

BEARING HOUSING
(gas generator rear bearing,
power turbine front bearing)

INTERMEDIATE DIFFUSER
For training purposes only 3.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

POWER TURBINE
PRESENTATION
Functional description
Function The power turbine transforms the gas energy provided by the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

gas generator, into mechanical power.

The turbine extracts the energy from the gas to drive the power
shaft. The operation is characterised by the second phase of expansion.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Turbine flow
Position
The gas supplied by the gas generator flows first through the
- After the gas generator. It forms the module M05.
nozzle guide vane. In the nozzle guide vanes, the gas velocity
increases due to the convergent passage.
Main characteristics
The gas is directed onto the turbine wheels and the resultant of
- Type: 2 stage axial the aerodynamic forces on the blades causes the wheel to rotate.
The gas are then expelled overboard through the exhaust pipe.
- Rotation speed: N2; ACW.

Main components
- Rotating components:
• Wheels
• Shaft
• Bearings
- Stationary components:
• Nozzle guide vanes
• Containment shields
• Casing.

For training purposes only 3.18

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
2 stage axial
Rotation
Rotation speed:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

N2; ACW

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MODULE M04 2ND STAGE NOZZLE EXHAUST PIPE

MOUNTING FLANGE GUIDE VANE MOUNTING FLANGE

Nozzle Turbine
guide vane wheel
EXPANSION IN THE
TWO STAGES GASES DISCHARGED
OVERBOARD

GAS FROM THE TRANSMISSION SHAFT

GAS GENERATOR DRIVE
TURBINE CONTAINMENT CASING
WHEELS SHIELDS TURBINE

PRESENTATION
POWER TURBINE
For training purposes only 3.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

EXHAUST SYSTEM

Function Description
The exhaust system continues the expansion phase and expels The exhaust pipe is secured on the rear mounting flange of the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

the gas overboard. power turbine casing by means of a clamp. The exhaust pipe
can be orientated to the right or to the left depending on the
position of the engine in the aircraft.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
It is a sheet metal assembly made of stainless steel. A venturi
- Behind the power turbine. extension draws air from the engine compartment for ventilation.
This extension is fitted with a deflector to direct the exhaust gas
Main characteristics away from the aircraft. The exhaust pipe has a drain located
at its lower part.
- Non modular component
A heat shield is mounted between the exhaust pipe and the
- Type: rotatable to the left or right linking tube in order to protect the tube against heat diffusion.

- Gas temperature: 570°C (1058°F)

Operation
- Made of stainless steel.
Functionally it should be noted that the exhaust gas still contain a
certain amount of energy which produces a small residual thrust.

For training purposes only 3.20

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

HEAT EXHAUST
Non-modular component SHIELD PIPE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Type:
Rotatable to the left or right

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Gas temperature:
570°C (1058°F)

Made of stainless steel

Linking
tube
EXHAUST VENTURI Clamp
PIPE EXTENSION FWD

DEFLECTOR

EXHAUST
GAS

GAS FROM THE

POWER TURBINE
Drain Discharge
pipe FWD
HEAT
SHIELD
Engine compartment ventilation

EXHAUST SYSTEM
For training purposes only 3.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

POWER TRANSMISSION SHAFT

Function Operation
A flexible "Bendix" shaft, supplied by the aircraft manufacturer, The shaft transmits the engine power. It absorbs the torque and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

transmits the power from the power turbine shaft to the aircraft takes up slight movements.
gearbox.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
The shaft is located between the power turbine and the main
gearbox of the helicopter, inside a linking tube (this linking tube
is a non-modular component).

Description
The linking tube includes two orifices for the speed sensors
and a central cardan joint which allows small displacement.
The linking tube ensures the engine rear mounting.

The "Bendix" shaft forms a flexible coupling. It includes

diaphragms assembled by electron beam welding, designed to
absorb shearing forces, changes in length and misalignments.

If the shaft were to break, it would be kept centred by the two

sleeves (one on the engine side and one on the MGB side).

Note: The sleeve on the engine is part of module M05 and

the sleeve on the MGB side is supplied by the aircraft
manufacturer.

For training purposes only 3.22

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

BOLTS DIAPHRAGMS "BENDIX" POWER DIAPHRAGMS

(supplied by the TRANSMISSION SHAFT
aircraft manufacturer)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SLEEVE SLEEVE
POWER TURBINE (supplied by the (supplied by the
SHAFT engine manufacturer) aircraft manufacturer)
LINKING
TUBE CARDAN
SPEED
SENSOR
ORIFICES D
FW

GEARBOX
MOUNTING
FLANGE
"BENDIX" POWER LINKING
TRANSMISSION SHAFT TUBE

ENGINE MOUNTING FLANGE

POWER TRANSMISSION SHAFT

For training purposes only 3.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ACCESSORY DRIVE
Functional description
PRESENTATION
The operation is considered during engine starting and in
normal running.
Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Operation during engine starting

The accessory drive train provides the drive for the engine
During starting, the starter motor drives the accessory drive
accessories.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

train and thus the gas generator rotating assembly.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The compressors supply air to the combustion chamber and

Position the starting sequence continues.
The accessory drive train is located in the upper part of the air At self-sustaining speed (approx. 45% N1) the electrical supply
intake casing. to the starter motor is automatically cut and the free wheel
disengages the starter from the accessory drive train.
Main characteristics Engine normal running
- Gears made of steel The gas generator drives the accessory gear train through the
bevel gear located at the front of the axial compressor.
Main components The following accessories are driven:
- Phonic wheel
The main components of the accessory drive train are:
- Starter (free wheel)
- Gears - Centrifugal breather
- Bearings - Oil pump
- Fuel Control Unit.
- Phonic wheel

- Free wheel.

For training purposes only 3.24

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FREE WHEEL STARTER

Gears made of steel

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ACCESSORY SUPPORT

STARTER GEAR CENTRIFUGAL OIL PUMP FCU

BREATHER DRIVE DRIVE

PHONIC WHEEL
STARTER

FREE WHEEL

AIR INTAKE ACCESSORY DRIVE

CASING
DRIVE SHAFT

PRESENTATION
ACCESSORY DRIVE
For training purposes only 3.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
ENGINE - OPERATION
The process comprises admission, compression, combustion,
expansion and power transmission.
Admission
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
The air enters the engine via the air intake.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Compression
The ambient air is compressed by an axial supercharging
compressor and a centrifugal compressor.
This phase is essentially characterised by the air flow and the
compression ratio (approx. 10.4).
Combustion
The compressed air is admitted into the combustion chamber,
mixed with the fuel and burnt in a continuous process.
The air is divided into two flows:
- A primary flow for combustion
- A secondary flow for cooling the gas.
This phase is essentially characterised by the temperature rise
(flame temperature of approx. 2500°C; 4532°F) and a pressure
drop of about 4%.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
Expansion
During this phase, the pressure and temperature of the gas
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
drop, whilst the velocity increases.
The gas expands through the gas generator turbine, which
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
extracts the energy required to drive the compressors and the
accessory drive train.
There is further phase of expansion through the power turbine,
which extracts most of the remaining energy to drive the power
shaft.
After the power turbine, the gas is discharged overboard through
the exhaust pipe, giving a slight forward residual thrust.
Power transmission
The power is then transmitted by the power turbine shaft through
a "Bendix" flexible transmission shaft.
Note: The engine reference stations are:
0 - Ambient air
1 - Air intake
2 - Centrifugal compressor outlet
3 - Gas generator turbine inlet
4 - Gas generator turbine outlet
5 - Power turbine outlet
3.26
ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Air Gas

EXHAUST

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

AIRFLOW
5.5 kg/s
(12.1 lb/sec.)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

33200 rpm Fuel 22850 rpm

(N1 100%) (N2 100%)
2500
0 1 2 (4532) 3 4 5 POWER TRANSMISSION
1040 (power transmitted by the power
(150.8) turbine shaft through a "Bendix"
flexible transmission shaft.)

109
1100 (15.8)
340 (2012)
(49.3) 790
V (1454)
101.3 340
(644) 570
P kPa (14.7) (1058)
(PSI)
150 Values given for
(302) information at a given
15 reference rating under
T°C (59) ISA conditions
(°F) Combustion
Compressors chamber Turbines Exhaust
AIR
ADMISSION COMPRESSION COMBUSTION EXPANSION

ENGINE - OPERATION
For training purposes only 3.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (1)
Refer to the Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections

- Inspection after the last flight of the day

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection before the first flight of the day

- "Pre-flight" inspections

- "Post-flight" inspections.

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 3.28

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
(refer to MM, chapter 05)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SERVICING INSPECTIONS SERVICING INSPECTIONS

INSPECTION AFTER THE LAST FLIGHT OF THE DAY INSPECTION BEFORE THE FIRST FLIGHT OF THE DAY
- Check for leaks on casing mating surfaces - Make sure the engine is in good condition

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspect the engine

• check for the absence of foreign matters, especially in "PRE-FLIGHT" INSPECTIONS
the area of the air intakes - Checking the levels, removing blanks
• look for signs of impact on the air intake casing. If "POST-FLIGHT" INSPECTIONS
signs of impact are observed, carry out a boroscope - Find out anomalies not reported by the crew
inspection of the 2nd and 3rd stage axial compressor
• guarantee the correct positioning and fastening of the
compressor cleaning ramp restrictors (x 3). If the
restrictors are not correctly positioned and fastened,
carry out a boroscope inspection of the 2nd and 3rd
stage compressor
- Check the free rotation of the rotating assemblies (N1
and N2)
- Check that the 1st stage axial compressor is free from
signs of impact. If signs of impact are observed, carry
out a boroscope inspection of the 2nd and 3rd stage
axial compressor
- Check the condition (crack-free) of the exhaust pipe.
Check for correct attachment of the exhaust pipe
- Check for impacts on the 2nd stage free turbine
- To ensure there are no heating signs on the
counter-casing of the axial compressor
- To ensure there are no highly overheated areas on the
thermal protection around the 1st stage power turbine Before
NGV carrying out any
- Check for absence of wear marks and correct maintenance tasks, remember
attachment of securing clamps to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (1)

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 3.29
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2)
Refer to the Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Compulsory maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out to meet the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Airworthiness regulations.

Recommended maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer

which must be carried out, although they do not directly affect
the flight safety.

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 3.30

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
(refer to MM, chapter 05)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

COMPULSORY MAINTENANCE TASKS RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS

- Vibration level - Cleaning, washing, protection and engine
• Check Chap. 71 drying

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Axial compressor • Frequency Chap. 05

• Inspection of the 1st stage Chap. 72 - Engine rundown time
- Power turbine • Check Chap. 71
• Inspection of the 2nd stage Chap. 72 - Pre TU 82 - Inlet casing
- Exhaust pipe • Check for corrosion Chap. 72
• Inspection Chap. 72 - 1A: Pre TU 71 - In case there are type A
- Star support from the inside of the exhaust cracks, when limits indicated on the work
pipe card are reached Chap. 72
• Inspection Chap. 72 - Gas generator rear bearing
- Exhaust diffuser wef of M05 module • Permeability test Chap. 72
• Inspection Chap. 78 - Star-shaped support
- Linking tube • Visually inspect Chap. 72
• Inspect the displacement on linking - Vibration level
tube Chap. 72 • Check Chap. 71
• Inspect the cotter pins (pre TU 163A) Chap. 72 - Engine intrascope inspection
- Casings • Inspection Chap. 72
• Inspect (no leaks)

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2)

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 3.31
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in

the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 3.32

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non-exhaustive list)

- Linking tube Chap. 72

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation
- Exhaust pipe Chap. 78
• Removal / installation / turning
• Inspection
- Attaching pad Chap. 78
• Replacement

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 3.33
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

4 - OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Oil system - Presentation (79-00-00).................................................... 4.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Oil reservoir (72-10-01) - Heat exchanger (79-20-03).......................... 4.6

- Oil pumps (79-20-01).............................................................................. 4.8
- Oil filter - Pre-blockage indicator - Oil check valve (79-20-02).......... 4.10
- Turbine bearing check valve................................................................. 4.14
- Centrifugal breather (72-10-01)............................................................. 4.16
- Strainers (79-20-05)................................................................................ 4.18
- Magnetic plugs (79-20-04)..................................................................... 4.20
- Low oil pressure switch (79-31-00) - Oil pressure transmitter
(79-32-00) - Oil temperature probe (79-31-00)...................................... 4.22
- Chip detector (79-20-04)........................................................................ 4.24
- Oil system - Operation (79-00-00) ........................................................ 4.26
- Oil pipes and ducts (79-20-06) ............................................................. 4.28
- Oil system - 1st line maintenance ....................................................... 4.32 - 4.35

(XX-XX-XX): Reference of pages which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 4.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

GENERAL
Lubrication requirements
Function Lubrication is required for the following components:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The oil system ensures lubrication and cooling of the engine - Front section:
internal parts. • Axial compressor front bearing

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Accessory gearbox
The lubricating oil is also used for the air intake anti-icing.
• Bevel gear and bearings

Position - Intermediate bearings:

• Axial compressor rear bearing
All the system components are located on the engine.
• Centrifugal compressor front bearing

Main characteristics - Turbine bearings:

• Gas generator turbine rear bearing
- System type: variable pressure, full flow, dry sump, synthetic • Power turbine front bearing
oil
- Power turbine rear bearing.
- Max. oil temperature: 120°C (248°F)

- Max. oil consumption: 0.30 l/hr (0.66 lb/hr) Sealing

- Max. oil pressure: 800 kPa (116 PSI) The 4 gas generator and 2 power turbine bearings are sealed
by pressurised labyrinth seals with abradable coatings.
- Total oil volume: 4.9 litres (1.27 US G) (7.6 litres (1.97 US G)
before TU 82).

Note: For oil specification tables and precautions, refer to

Maintenance Manual chapter 71.

For training purposes only 4.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FRONT SECTION TURBINE BEARINGS

OIL SYSTEM
Bevel gear Accessory Axial compressor Gas generator Power turbine
and bearings gearbox front bearing rear bearing front bearing

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Lubrication Air intake

and engine anti-icing

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

cooling

Type:
Variable pressure, full flow,
dry sump, synthetic oil

Max. oil temperature:

120°C (248°F)

Max. oil consumption:

0.30 l/hr (0.66 lb/hr)

Max. oil pressure:

800 kPa (116 PSI)
ANTI-ICING Axial compressor Centrifugal compressor POWER TURBINE
Total oil volume: rear bearing front bearing REAR BEARING
4.9 l (1.27 US G)
(7.6 litres (1.97 US G) INTERMEDIATE BEARINGS
before TU 82)

Sealing: The 4 gas generator and 2 power turbine bearings are sealed by pressurised
labyrinth seals with abradable coatings.

GENERAL
OIL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 4.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

DESCRIPTION
Strainers
The system contains all the components necessary for engine
lubrication: reservoir, pumps, filter, heat exchanger, centrifugal The strainers protect the scavenge pumps.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

breather and indicating devices.

Heat exchanger
Reservoir

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The heat exchanger cools the oil by fuel circulation.

The reservoir contains the volume of oil required to lubricate the
engine. It is formed by the lower part of the air intake casing.
Centrifugal breather
Pumps
The centrifugal breather separates the oil from the air/oil mist
The pump unit includes a pressure pump and four scavenge and vents the system.
pumps. The spur gear type pumps are mechanically driven by
the accessory gearbox. The pressure pump includes a pressure
relief valve.
Indicating devices
- Low oil pressure switch
Check valves
- Pressure transmitter
There are 3 check valves in the system:
- Magnetic plugs
- The oil check valve (at the filter outlet),
- The turbine bearing check valve, - Chip detector

- The anti-icing check valve (in the inlet cone) - Temperature probe.

Filter
The filter retains any particles which may be present in the oil.
It includes a filtering unit, a by-pass valve, a check valve and
a pre-blockage indicator.

For training purposes only 4.4

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

By-pass Filter Pressure Scavenge BREATHING SCAVENGE

valve pump pumps
AIR VENT SUPPLY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Magnetic plugs
Pre-blockage
indicator Strainers

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Oil check
valve

Chip
detector

Centrifugal
breather

Anti-icing
check valve

Reservoir Heat
exchanger
Temperature Pressure Turbine bearing Low oil
probe transmitter check valve pressure switch

DESCRIPTION
OIL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 4.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL RESERVOIR - HEAT EXCHANGER

OIL RESERVOIR HEAT EXCHANGER

Function Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The heat exchanger cools the oil which has lubricated the
The oil reservoir, integral with the engine, contains the necessary engine and heats the fuel.
oil volume to lubricate the engine.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
The oil reservoir is formed by the air intake casing.
Main characteristics
- Capacity at FULL mark: 4.9 litres (1.27 US G)
- Capacity at MIN mark: 2.9 litres (0.75 US G).
Position
- In the system, the heat exchanger is located after the filter
- On the engine, the heat exchanger is mounted on the rear
lower face of the air intake casing plate.
Main characteristics
- Type: "Microturbo" tubular type
- By-pass valve setting: 80 kPa (11.6 PSI).

Main components
Note: Capacities are indicated with TU 82 modified air intake. - Oil tubes
- Fuel tube
Main components
- By-pass valve.
- Filler cap (location on the left or right of the reservoir; depending
on the engine position in the aircraft) Operation
- Level indicators (max. and min.) The oil flows through two tubes to be cooled and to simultaneously
heat the fuel which flows around these tubes.
- Magnetic plug In case of clogging of the oil tubes, the oil pressure difference
becomes higher than the by-pass valve setting and the by-pass
- Drain plug
valve opens.
- Unions (supply, scavenge and breathing). Thus, the oil is no longer cooled, but engine lubrication continues.

For training purposes only 4.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL
OIL
Capacity at FULL mark: OIL BY-PASS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

4.9 l (1.27 US G)
BY-PASS OIL FUEL
Capacity at MIN mark: VALVE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2.9 l (0.75 US G)

RESERVOIR

FILLER BY-PASS
CAP VALVE

OIL
FRONT SECTION
FUEL
SCAVENGE
MAGNETIC PLUG OIL
MAX. LEVEL MIN. LEVEL TUBES
INDICATOR INDICATOR
FRONT SECTION Type:
FUEL
SCAVENGE "Microturbo" tubular type
FLOW
STRAINER
By-pass valve setting:
ALTERNATIVE MOUNTING MAGNETIC PLUG
80 kPa (11.6 PSI)
OF THE FILLER AND DRAIN

OIL RESERVOIR - HEAT EXCHANGER

For training purposes only 4.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL PUMPS
Function
Operation
The pumps ensure oil circulation.

Position General

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The pump unit is mounted on the front upper part of the air The pressure pump draws the oil from the reservoir and delivers
intake casing. It is part of module M01. it to the filter.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Main characteristics The scavenge pumps draw the oil from the casings and deliver
- Type: spur gear type it to the reservoir.
- Quantity: a unit consisting of:
• 1 pressure pump with a pressure relief valve Operating principle of the pumps
• 4 scavenge pumps The pumps are spur gear type.
- Average pressure: 300 kPa (43.5 PSI)
- Pressure relief valve setting: 800 kPa (116 PSI). They are driven at a speed proportional to the gas generator
speed through a common shaft.
Description
The pump unit, mounted on the front upper part of the air intake The oil passes between the gears and the pump body. Then it
casing, is driven at a proportional speed N1. is delivered at a flow and pressure which depend on the rotation
speed and the oil viscosity.
The pump unit includes:
- Five spur gear pumps: Pressure relief valve operation
• Pressure pump
• Front section scavenge pump In case of overpressure, the valve opens and allows the oil to
return to the reservoir. It is in fact a safety device and only opens
• Intermediate bearing scavenge pump
exceptionally (starting at a very low temperature for example).
• Turbine bearing scavenge pump
• Power turbine rear bearing scavenge pump
- The pump body which includes the unions and orifices for oil
inlet and outlet
- The pressure relief valve.

For training purposes only 4.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

SCAVENGE PUMPS

PRESSURE PRESSURE Front Power turbine Turbine Intermediate

PUMP RELIEF VALVE section rear bearing bearings bearings

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

To

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

filter

From To
reservoir reservoir
STRAINERS

Type: SUPPLY SCAVENGE

Spur gear type

Quantity: OIL
A unit consisting of: PUMP UNIT
- 1 pressure pump with
a pressure relief valve
- 4 scavenge pumps

Average pressure:
300 kPa (43.5 PSI)

Pressure relief valve setting:

800 kPa (116 PSI)
STRAINERS

OIL PUMPS
For training purposes only 4.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL FILTER - PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR -

OIL CHECK VALVE Main components
GENERAL
- Filter base

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Oil filter - Pre-blockage indicator - Filtering element

Function - Filter cover

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- The oil filter retains particles that may be in the oil - Pre-blockage indicator

- The pre-blockage indicator detects the onset of the filter - By-pass valve.
blockage.
Oil check valve
Position
Function
- In the system: downstream of the pressure pump
This valve prevents oil circulation to the engine at very low oil
- On the engine: on the upper part of the air intake casing, on
pressure encountered during engine shut-down and starting.
the left of the oil pump pack.
Position
Main characteristics
- In the system: at the oil filter outlet
- Type: metal cartridge
- On the engine: inside the filter base.
- Filtering ability: 30 microns

- Pre-blockage indicator: visual Main characteristics

• Setting: ∆P 200 kPa (29 PSID) - Type: spring valve
- By-pass valve: - Oil check valve setting: 13 kPa (1.88 PSI).
• Setting: ∆P 300 kPa (43.5 PSID).

For training purposes only 4.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FILTER
COVER
OIL
FILTER

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FILTERING
ELEMENT

OIL FILTER - PRE-BLOCKAGE

INDICATOR
Type:
Metal cartridge

Filtering ability:
FILTER
30 microns
BASE
Pre-blockage indicator: Valve
Visual seat
∆P 200 kPa (29 PSID) By-pass Oil Pressure Valve OIL
By-pass valve: valve filter pump
CHECK
∆P 300 kPa (43.5 PSID) VALVE
Spring
OIL CHECK
OIL CHECK VALVE VALVE
Type: Guide
Spring valve

Oil check valve setting:

13 kPa (1.88 PSI) PRE-BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

GENERAL
OIL FILTER - PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR - OIL CHECK VALVE
For training purposes only 4.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL FILTER - PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR -

OIL CHECK VALVE Pre-blockage
DESCRIPTION - OPERATION If the filter begins to become blocked the pressure difference
across the cartridge increases. At a given pressure difference,
a red mechanical indicator pops out. The oil continues to flow

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Description through the filter.

The main components of the filtering unit are the following: The indicator is re-armed by pushing in the indicator.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The bi-metallic thermal lock ensures that the indicator doesn't

- Filter base operate when a large ∆P is caused by low temperature (locked
- Filtering element (metal cartridge) below 50°C (122°F)).
- Visual pre-blockage indicator Blockage
- By-pass valve If the pressure difference exceeds the setting, the by-pass valve
opens and unfiltered oil passes to the system.
- Oil check valve
- Filter cover.
Oil check valve operation
The filter base includes: During engine starting and shut-down
- A mounting flange The oil pressure is lower than the check valve setting. The
check valve is closed and prevents oil circulation to the engine.
- Mounting points for the following components:
It thus prevents flooding and oil leaks through the engine bearing
• Visual pre-blockage indicator. labyrinth seals when these are not pressurised enough.
Normal running
Filter and indicator operation
The oil pressure is higher than the check valve setting. The
Filtering check valve is open and allows oil circulation to the engine
parts which require lubrication.
The oil supplied by the pressure pump passes through the oil
filter from outside to inside. The filtered oil is then delivered to
the engine for lubrication.

For training purposes only 4.12

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FILTER FILTER ELEMENT

COVER (metal cartridge)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

PRE-BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

< 50°C (122°F) > 50°C (122°F)

OIL CHECK
Thermal lock operation
VALVE

BY-PASS SPRING MAGNET SPRING RED

VALVE INDICATOR
OIL DRAINING OIL
DURING REMOVAL INLET
OIL
OUTLETS PRESSURE
AFTER FILTER
BEFORE FILTERING

AFTER FILTERING
THERMAL
PRESSURE BEFORE FILTER LOCK

DESCRIPTION - OPERATION
OIL FILTER - PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR - OIL CHECK VALVE
For training purposes only 4.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

TURBINE BEARING CHECK VALVE

Function Operation
This valve prevents oil circulation to the turbine bearings at During engine starting and shut-down

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

very low oil pressure (encountered during engine starting and

shut-down). It prevents flooding and oil leaks through the turbine The oil pressure is lower than the check valve setting. The
bearing labyrinth seals when these are not pressurised enough. check valve is closed and prevents oil circulation to the turbine

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

bearings. It thus prevents flooding and oil leaks through the

turbine bearing labyrinth seals when these are not pressurised
Position enough.
- In the system, the turbine bearing check valve is located
downstream of the heat exchanger
Normal running

- On the engine, the turbine bearing check valve is located The oil pressure is higher than the check valve setting. The check
at the right rear part of the oil reservoir, above the low oil valve is open and allows oil circulation to the turbine bearings.
pressure switch.

Main characteristics
- Type: spring valve
- Check valve setting: 25 kPa (3.6 PSI).

Main components
- Body
- Check valve
- Spring
- Spring seat.

For training purposes only 4.14

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Spring valve
Oil
Setting: supply
25 kPa (3.6 PSI)

Turbine bearing
lubrication

VALVE

SPRING Valve Valve

SEAT closed open

CHECK VALVE
BODY

SPRING
ENGINE SHUT-DOWN NORMAL RUNNING
(pressure < 25 kPa / 3.6 PSI) (pressure > 25 kPa / 3.6 PSI)

TURBINE BEARING CHECK VALVE

For training purposes only 4.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CENTRIFUGAL BREATHER

Function Operation
The centrifugal breather separates the oil from the oil/air mist The centrifugal breather is the intermediate gear of the accessory

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

created by the lubrication. drive train.

During operation, the oil mist which results from lubrication

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position flows through the centrifugal breather.

The centrifugal breather is formed by the intermediate gear of - The oil droplets are expelled by centrifugal force into the
the accessory drive train. accessory gearbox casing

- The de-oiled air is vented to the exhaust through an external

Main characteristics pipe.
- Type: centrifugal

- Air vent: through the front end of the gear.

Description
The centrifugal breather is formed by a hollow shaft which has
radial drillings. It is part of the intermediate gear located in the
accessory drive train.

The gear is supported by two ball bearings. The front bearing

sealing is ensured by a graphite seal.

The centrifugal breather air outlet is at the front end of the hollow
shaft and through a passage in the gearbox casing.

For training purposes only 4.16

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Centrifugal
INTERMEDIATE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

GEAR Air vent:

Through the front end of
the gear

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Oil droplets
(expelled by
centrifugal force)
To air vent

De-oiled air
(to air vent)

GRAPHITE SEAL

Air/oil mist Oil droplets

(expelled by
centrifugal force)

CENTRIFUGAL BREATHER
For training purposes only 4.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

STRAINERS

Function Main components

The strainers protect the scavenge pumps. - Strainer body

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Wide-mesh filter
Position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Spring clip
- In the system: upstream of the scavenge pumps
- O-ring.
- On the engine:
• 3 strainers in the oil pump unit
Functional description
• 1 strainer on the lower rear face of the oil reservoir
A strainer is a wide-mesh filter which retains any large particles
which may be present in the oil in order to protect the scavenge
Main characteristics pumps.
- Type: wide-mesh filter

- Quantity: 4.

For training purposes only 4.18

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

BODY

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

WIDE-MESH
FILTER

O-RING

SPRING CLIP

SPRING CLIP
POWER TURBINE REAR
FRONT SECTION
BEARING STRAINER
STRAINER

TURBINE BEARING
STRAINER

INTERMEDIATE BEARING
STRAINER
Type:
Wide-mesh filter
O-RING
Quantity:
4

STRAINERS
For training purposes only 4.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MAGNETIC PLUGS

Function Main components

The magnetic plugs permit a frequent and quick check of the - Valve

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

engine internal condition.

- Support

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position - Magnetic core

In the oil system, the magnetic plugs are located: - Locating pin

- On the front section scavenge system - O-ring seals.

- At the lower part of the reservoir (TU 217)

Note: The oil reservoir magnetic plug also serves as the
- On the scavenge pipe: connection interface for the pipe that is used to drain
• Of the intermediate gears the oil reservoir.
• Of the turbine bearings
• Of the power turbine rear bearing.

Main characteristics
- Type:
• Single magnetic pole
• Self-sealing housing.

For training purposes only 4.20

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Single magnetic pole VALVE
Self-sealing housing

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SUPPORT

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

NORMAL POSITION

SPRING

MAGNETIC
CORE

O-RING
SEALS
LOCATING PIN

RESERVOIR FRONT INTERMEDIATE TURBINE POWER TURBINE

(after TU 217) SECTION BEARINGS BEARINGS REAR BEARING

REMOVED POSITION

MAGNETIC PLUGS
For training purposes only 4.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH, OIL

- Pressure transmitter
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER AND OIL
• Type: resistive
TEMPERATURE PROBE
- Temperature probe
Function • Type: nickel wire resistor.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

To provide indication of oil system low pressure.

To provide a signal of oil pressure to the instrument panel. Functional description

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The probe measures the oil temperature at the heat exchanger

outlet. Low oil pressure switch
Position The microswitch is open in normal engine operation.
- Low oil pressure switch If the oil pressure downstream of the heat exchanger reduces
• In the system: downstream of the heat exchanger to less than the low oil pressure switch setting, the diaphragm
moves up. This causes the microswitch to close, completing
• On the engine: at the heat exchanger outlet on a special the circuit of the low oil pressure warning light.
union
- Oil pressure transmitter Oil pressure transmitter
• In the system: downstream of the heat exchanger
It is a resistive type transmitter. It incorporates a bridge of
• On the left side, rear face of the oil tank resistors printed on a flexible support.
- Oil temperature probe The deformation of the support produces an output voltage
• In the system: downstream of the heat exchanger proportional to the oil pressure for a constant input voltage.
• On the engine: at the heat exchanger outlet on the engine
right-hand side. Oil temperature probe

Main characteristics The oil temperature variations induce variations in the probe
resistance.
- Pressure switch
The probe is electrically installed in a Wheatstone-bridge circuit
• Type: diaphragm pressure switch including a galvanometer to which the probe imparts variations
• Setting: 170 kPa (24.65 PSI) which are proportional to the temperature measured.
• Cockpit indication

For training purposes only 4.22

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

2 1

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

3
BULB

OIL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL

PIPE CONNECTOR
SUPPORT

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR 3

2 OIL TEMPERATURE
PROBE
Type:
OIL PRESSURE 1
Nickel wire resistor
TRANSMITTER
Type:
Resistive LOW OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
Type:
OIL TEMPERATURE OIL PRESSURE Diaphragm type switch
PROBE TRANSMITTER
LOW OIL Setting:
PRESSURE SWITCH 170 kPa (24.65 PSI)

Cockpit indication

LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH, OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER AND OIL

TEMPERATURE PROBE
For training purposes only 4.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CHIP DETECTOR

Function Description
The chip detector indicates, by means of a warning light in the The chip detector (or electrical magnetic plug) consists of:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

instrument panel, a build-up of particles in the oil.

- A central electrode and a body separated by an insulating
material

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
- An electrical connector
- In the system: downstream of the scavenge pumps
- A self-sealing housing which is locked by a system of locating
- On the engine: on a bracket fixed onto the oil pump unit. pins.

Main characteristics Operation

- Type: Any magnetic particles contained in the scavenge oil accumulate
• Magnetic with electrical indication around the central electrode. When the quantity of magnetic
• Self-sealing housing. particles is enough to create electrical continuity between the
central electrode and the body, a warning light illuminates on
the instrument panel via the control and monitoring harness.
Note: The chip detector is optional equipment (TU 95)

For training purposes only 4.24

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

-
+

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

TEST BUTTON

BODY MAGNETIC
"CHIP 1"
PARTICLES

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OR "CHIP 2" ELECTRICAL

CONNECTOR
CENTRAL
Type:
ELECTRODE
Magnetic with
electrical indication CHIP
DETECTOR BODY
Self-sealing housing

Note: ISOLANT
Optional equipment (TU 95)
SELF-SEALING
HOUSING CENTRAL
Pressure CHIP Scavenge ELECTRODE
pump DETECTOR pumps
LOCATING
PINS
To
filter OIL PUMP
UNIT

MOUNTING
From To From BRACKET
reservoir reservoir engine

CHIP DETECTOR
For training purposes only 4.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - OPERATION

The main functions of the oil system are: supply, scavenge,
breathing and indicating.
Scavenge
After lubrication, the oil falls by gravity to the bottom of the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Supply sumps. The oil is then immediately drawn away by the scavenge
pumps and returned to the reservoir (dry sump system).
The pressure pump draws the oil from the reservoir and delivers

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

it under pressure to the system. A pressure-relief valve limits the Strainers protect the scavenge pumps from any particles which
maximum pressure by returning excess oil to the pump inlet. may be held in the oil.

The oil is then delivered through the filter and a check valve.
After the filter, the oil is delivered to the front section for the
Breathing
anti-icing of the air intake cone and the accessory drive train
The air/oil mist which results from lubrication is returned to the
lubrication.
accessory gearbox, where the oil is separated from the air by
a centrifugal breather which vents overboard.
It is also delivered, after cooling in the heat exchanger, to
lubricate the compressor bearings and after a check valve to
lubricate the turbine bearings. Indicating
The oil is sprayed by jets onto the points to be lubricated. It also The system provides the following indications: pressure,
supplies a squeeze film for the power turbine bearing. temperature, low pressure, particle detection and filter pre-
blockage.

Note: The anti-icing check valve in the inlet cone prevents

illumination of the "PH M" indicator light in certain flight
configurations (low N1, high temperature). Cutting off the
oil supply to the cone increases the overall pressure in
the system by eliminating the anti-icing function, which
is unnecessary at high ambient temperature.

For training purposes only 4.26

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SUPPLY SCAVENGE BREATHING AIR VENT

Magnetic plugs Strainers

OIL SYSTEM - OPERATION

For training purposes only 4.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL PIPES AND DUCTS

PRESSURE SYSTEM Heat exchanger to compressor bearings
This description includes external pipes and internal ducts of - External pipe (engine right lower part)
the pressure system.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Internal pipe (in the air intake casing, to central shaft).

Reservoir to pressure pump
Heat exchanger to turbine bearings

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Internal pipe (in the air intake casing)

- External pipe (engine right upper part).
- Union on pressure pump.
Turbine bearings to power turbine rear bearing
Pressure pump to filter
- External pipe (engine right upper part).
- Internal pipe (in the air intake casing).

Filter to check valve

- Internal duct
- Check valve located in the filtering unit.

Check valve to anti-icing

- Internal pipe (in the air intake casing).

Check valve to heat exchanger

- Internal pipe (in the air intake casing) and external pipe
(engine left lower part).

For training purposes only 4.28

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

LUBRICATION OF TURBINE BEARINGS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LUBRICATION PUMP TO
LUBRICATION OF
AND ANTI-ICING FILTER
TO COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR BEARINGS
BEARINGS LUBRICATION OF THE
POWER TURBINE REAR BEARING

TO HEAT PUMP
EXCHANGER SUCTION TO HEAT EXCHANGER

PRESSURE SYSTEM
OIL PIPES AND DUCTS
For training purposes only 4.29
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL PIPES AND DUCTS

SCAVENGE, BREATHING SYSTEMS Breathing of turbine bearings
This description includes external pipes and internal ducts of - Internal tube and external pipe (engine right upper part).
the scavenge and breathing systems.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Breathing of power turbine rear bearing

Scavenge of front section (accessory gearbox and
- Internal tube and external pipe (engine right upper part).
anti-icing)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Internal duct (in the air intake casing).
Scavenge of compressor bearings
- External pipe (engine front lower part).
Scavenge of turbine bearings
- Internal tube and external pipe (engine left-hand side).
Air vent
- External pipe (engine right upper part) from centrifugal breather
to the exhaust.
Air vent of teh turbine bearing check valve
- External pipe (engine front right part).

Scavenge of power turbine rear bearing

- Internal tube and external pipe (engine left-hand side).

Breathing of front section

- Internal (direct).

Breathing of compressor bearings

- Internal duct and external pipe (engine front right part).

For training purposes only 4.30

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

AIR VENT
BREATHING OF THE POWER BREATHING OF THE
TURBINE REAR BEARING TURBINE BEARINGS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

BREATHING OF THE AIR VENT OF THE TURBINE SCAVENGE OF THE

COMPRESSOR BEARINGS BEARING CHECK VALVE COMPRESSOR BEARINGS

FRONT SECTION SCAVENGE OF THE POWER SCAVENGE OF THE

SCAVENGE TURBINE REAR BEARING TURBINE BEARINGS

SCAVENGE, BREATHING SYSTEMS

OIL PIPES AND DUCTS
For training purposes only 4.31
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Refer to the Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections

- Inspection after the last flight of the day

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection before the first flight of the day

- "Pre-flight" inspections

- "Post-flight" inspections.

Compulsory maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out to meet the

Airworthiness regulations.

Recommended maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer

which must be carried out, although they do not directly affect
the flight safety.

For training purposes only 4.32

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
(refer to MM, chapter 05)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SERVICING INSPECTIONS COMPULSORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

INSPECTION AFTER THE LAST FLIGHT OF THE DAY - Oil system
- Check for leaks • Check of M04 and M05 bearing

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• on the generator and free turbine rear bearing oil lubrication oil pipe leak-proof unions Chap. 79
ducts • Oil replenishment Chap. 79
• on pipe mating surfaces • Oil replacement: Chap. 71 and 79
- Inspect the engine
- Standard use oil
• check the condition (crack-free) of the casings and
the heat exchanger - Substitution oil
- Inspect oil system • Post TU 93 - Oil dilution - Ratio
• check the oil clogging indicator evaluation Chap. 79
• if pre-mod. TU 95, check the magnetic plugs. If • Inspection of filter element Chap. 79
post-mod. TU 95, TU 104 and post aircraft • Inspection, wear check and cleaning of
manufacturer SB No. 31-05, check the mechanical magnetic plugs Chap. 79
magnetic plug located at the lower section of the oil • Check of the electric magnetic plug
tank operation Chap. 79
• check the oil level, top-up if required • Inspection, cleaning of strainers Chap. 79
- Check for absence of wear marks on pipes (interference
- Post TU 95 - Mechanical magnetic plugs -
with other components)
Check Chap. 79

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS

- Oil dilution - Pre TU 93
• Ratio evaluation Chap. 79
- Spectrometric oil analysis (SOA) Chap. 79
Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 4.33
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in

the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 4.34

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
(non-exhaustive list)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Oil pump Chap. 79 - Low oil pressure switch Chap. 79

• Removal / installation • Removal / installation / test
- Oil filter Chap. 79 - Oil pressure transmitter Chap. 79

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation / examination / • Removal / installation

cleaning - Oil temperature probe Chap. 79
- Pre-blockage indiacator Chap. 79 • Removal / installation / examination
• Cleaning / rearming
- Heat exchanger Chap. 79
• Removal / installation
- Magnetic plug Chap. 79
• Removal / installation / examination /
cleaning / wear check
- Chip detector Chap. 79
• Removal / installation / examination / test
- Strainers Chap. 79
• Removal / installation / examination /
cleaning
- Three-way union Chap. 79
• Removal / installation / inspection
- Check valve Chap. 79
• Removal / installation / check /
refurbishing
- Clogging valve Chap. 79
• Removal / installation Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 4.35
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 OIL SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

5 - AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Air system - Presentation (75) ............................................................. 5.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Internal air system (75-00-00) .............................................................. 5.4

- Air tappings (75-00-00) ......................................................................... 5.8
- Compressor bleed valve (75-30-01) - Off-set threshold solenoid
valve (75-31-01) ..................................................................................... 5.10
- External air pipes (75-00) ..................................................................... 5.14
- Air system - 1st line maintenance ....................................................... 5.16 - 5.19

(XX-XX-XX): Reference of pages which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 5.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

AIR SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

Function
The engine air system has several functions:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Internal air system for pressurisation, cooling and balance

of forces

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Air tappings for engine accessory supply and aircraft services

- Compressor bleed valve.

Note 1: Refer to the various systems for the position,

characteristics, description and operation.

Note 2: The flow of the internal air system is about 2% of the

total air flow.

For training purposes only 5.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE AIR TAPPINGS

- Aircraft supply
- Engine accessories

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM

- Pressurisation
- Cooling
- Balance of forces

AIR SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

For training purposes only 5.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM
FRONT SECTION AND HOT SECTIONS
Function
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
The internal air system pressurises the labyrinth seals, cools
certain parts and provides a balancing of forces.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Position
All the parts of the system are internal except the pressurisation
of the generator rear bearing and power turbine bearings labyrinth
seals which are supplied by an external pipes.
Front section
Inter-stage air
The air is tapped from the axial compressor 2nd stage wheel
outlet. It flows through drilled orifices in the compressor shaft,
to pressurise the labyrinth seal of the axial compressor front
bearing.
A certain airflow (between the labyrinth and the abradable
deposit) passes into the bearing housing.
Axial compressor outlet air
The air is tapped from the 3rd stage wheel of the axial compressor.
It directly pressurises the axial compressor rear bearing.
A certain airflow (between the labyrinth and the abradable
deposit) passes into the bearing housing.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
Centrifugal compressor inlet air
The air is tapped from the centrifugal compressor wheel inlet.
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
It passes into the cavity in front of the compressor and through
the labyrinth seal.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Hot sections
In addition to the air flow for the combustion, a certain quantity
of air is tapped for the pressurisation, the cooling and the
balance of forces.
Combustion chamber flow
The air which comes from the compressor is divided in two
flows: a primary airflow for combustion and a secondary air
flow for dilution.
Pressurisation of labyrinth seals
A certain quantity of air is tapped from the primary airflow (air
which flows between the diffuser holder plate and the combustion
chamber front swirl plate).
This air pressurises the labyrinth seals of the shaft and of the
fuel centrifugal injection wheel.
Cooling and balance of forces
A certain quantity of air is tapped from the primary air flow (air
which flows through the hollow vanes of the turbine nozzle
guide vane).
This air flows through the curvic-couplings. It cools the turbine
discs, the blade roots and establishes a certain balance of
axial forces.
5.4
AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FRONT SECTION HOT SECTIONS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Axial compressor Combustion Dilution Compressor

outlet air (pressurisation air air air

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

of the axial compressor

rear bearing) Gas
Inter-stage air Centrifugal compressor
(pressurisation of inlet air (pressurisation
the axial compressor of the centrifugal
front bearing) compressor bearing)
Compressor
washing

Labyrinth seals + Air for cooling and

abradable coatings balance of forces

FRONT SECTION AND HOT SECTIONS

INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM
For training purposes only 5.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM

TURBINE BEARINGS

The air (P1') is tapped to pressurise the gas generator turbine

rear bearing and the power turbine bearings.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Tapping and air flow

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The air tapped from the axial compressor outlet is delivered

to the turbines through external pipes and tubes screwed into
the bearing housings.

The bearing labyrinth seals are pressurised. There is a small

flow to the oil enclosure, and to the gas flow.

Pressurisation
We can distinguish:

- The pressurisation of the gas generator rear bearing and the

power turbine front bearing

- The pressurisation of the power turbine rear bearing.

For training purposes only 5.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AXIAL COMPRESSOR
OUTLET AIR (P1') AXIAL COMPRESSOR
(labyrinth pressurisation) OUTLET AIR (P1')
- Gas generator turbine (labyrinth pressurisation)
rear bearing - Power turbine rear bearing
- Power turbine front bearing

TURBINE BEARINGS
INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM
For training purposes only 5.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

AIR TAPPINGS
Compressor bleed valve
Function
Air tapped from the centrifugal compressor outlet is used to
Air tappings are used for: operate the compressor bleed valve.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Start injector ventilation The system comprises a tapping union, a solenoid valve and
a pipe.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Fuel control
Aircraft services
- Compressor bleed valve
Air tapped from the centrifugal compressor is used in various
- Aircraft services.
aircraft systems.
Start injector ventilation The engine has a tapping point located on each side of the
counter casing for aircraft use.
Air tapped from the centrifugal compressor outlet is used to
ventilate the start injectors to avoid blockage by the carbonisation
of unburnt fuel. P2 air tappings
The system comprises a tapping union and a pipe connected The P2 air is tapped from a zone which is not in the main air
to the start electro-valve. stream (so-called "clean" P2 air because it contains no solid
particles). However, certain air tappings are fitted with sand
Fuel control traps which are probes screwed into counter-casing mounting
bosses. Each probe's P2 air inlet is oriented in the opposite
Air tapped from the centrifugal compressor outlet is used for direction to the airflow.
the fuel control (acceleration controller).

The system comprises a tapping union and a pipe connected

to the FCU.

For training purposes only 5.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

P2 AIR
TAPPINGS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIRCRAFT
SERVICES

P0 P2

FUEL CONTROL
(acceleration controller)

P2

P2

START INJECTOR
VENTILATION
P1'
AIRFLOW
DIRECTION COMPRESSOR
BLEED VALVE

AIR TAPPINGS
For training purposes only 5.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE - OFF-SET

THRESHOLD SOLENOID VALVE DESCRIPTION
GENERAL
The system includes the pneumatic control system, the bleed
valve and the off-set threshold solenoid valve.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function
The valve prevents compressor surge by bleeding off a certain Pneumatic control system

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

quantity of air tapped from the axial compressor outlet. When the
valve is open, the discharge of air causes the air flow through
the axial compressor to increase thus moving the operating line
away from the surge line. The operation of this valve depends
on the P2/P0 pressure ratio.
Position
- In the system: between the axial and centrifugal compressors
- On the engine: at the top of the counter-casing.
Main characteristics
- Type: pneumatic, with piston
The system includes the compressor air pressure tapping (fitted
with sand trap) and a pipe connected to the bleed valve.
Compressor bleed valve
Main components:
- Valve body (includes a valve, a release spring and a
microswitch)
- Pneumatic control body (includes a P2 air inlet fitted with
filter, a P0 air inlet and capsules).
The valve is secured on the counter casing pad with a securing
clamp.

- Operation:
Off-set threshold solenoid valve
• As a function of P2/P0
• By the ECU in off-set threshold mode The solenoid valve is mounted on the left side of the centrifugal
compressor casing. It includes a P2 air outlet pipe. Its electrical
connector is connected to the Electronic Control Unit.

For training purposes only 5.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL DEVICE
BODY Type:
Pneumatic, with piston

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

FILTER
Operation:
- As a function of P2/P0
- By the ECU in off-set mode

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Compressor Off-set threshold

bleed valve solenoid valve
VALVE
BODY P2 air
COMPRESSION inlet
RATIO (P2 / P0)
P2 air supplied to bleed
valve (normal mode)
P0 air
inlet
P2 air
SURGE LINE
SECURING inlet
CLAMP
OPERATING LINE COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE
VALVE CLOSED

OFF-SET P2 air discharge

THRESHOLD RANGE ("off-set threshold"
mode)
SAND
OPERATING LINE TRAP
VALVE OPEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
(connected to the ECU) OFF-SET THRESHOLD
SOLENOID VALVE
AIRFLOW (G)

GENERAL - DESCRIPTION
COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE - OFF-SET THRESHOLD SOLENOID VALVE
For training purposes only 5.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE - OFF-SET

THRESHOLD SOLENOID VALVE "OFF-SET THRESHOLD" OPERATION
NORMAL OPERATION This mode prevents engine surge, which is liable to occur during
hovering with ground effect, with a strong tail wind (more than

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Open position 20 knots).

The P2/P0 pressure is not sufficient to activate the capsules When the off-set mode is selected, the ECU controls the electrical

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

and there is an air discharge downstream of the calibrated
orifices. The valve is open under the action of its spring and
P1' air pressure. A certain quantity of air is expelled overboard.
The microswitch then supplies the valve indicator light.
Valve closing
supply of the solenoid valve as a function of N1 rotation speed
(it closes at 95% and opens at 92%).
When the solenoid valve is open, it causes a discharge of the
P2 control pressure, which modifies the bleed valve setting.
The valve no longer works as a function of the P2/P0 ratio, but
as a function of the N1 speed.

When the gas generator rotation speed N1 increases, the

compression ratio P2/P0 increases and beyond a certain value Note: Refer to the Flight Manual for operating instructions.
(value which is independent of the N1 speed):

- The pressure becomes sufficient to deform the detection

capsule which closes the discharge

- The pressure downstream of the calibrated orifice B increases

- The diaphragm of the intermediate stage closes the discharge

- The pressure downstream of the calibrated orifice A increases

- The valve closes under P2 pressure, the indicator light goes

off.

For training purposes only 5.12

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

P1’ AIR OUTLET

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

VALVE INTERMEDIATE FILTER

STAGE

P2 AIR
P0 AIR P2 AIR
INLET A B
P0 AIR
OFF-SET
THRESHOLD
SOLENOID VALVE

ECU

OFF-SET
THRESHOLD
PUSH-BUTTON
P1’ AIR

MICROSWITCH DETECTION BLEED VALVE OFF-SET THRESHOLD

CAPSULE INDICATION INDICATOR LIGHT

NORMAL OPERATION - "OFF-SET THRESHOLD" OPERATION

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE - OFF-SET THRESHOLD SOLENOID VALVE
For training purposes only 5.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

EXTERNAL AIR PIPES

This section deals with the external pipes of the air system.

Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The external air pipes carry air between components of the

different systems

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Description
The air system uses the following external pipes:

- P2 air pipe to supply the compressor bleed valve

- P2 air pipe for the ventilation of the start injectors

- P2 air pipe to supply the Fuel Control Unit

- P1' air pipe for the pressurisation of the turbine bearing

labyrinth seals.

For training purposes only 5.14

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

START INJECTOR VENTILATION PIPE

(P2 air)

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

RIGHT SIDE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL CONTROL UNIT COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE

AIR SUPPLY PIPE AIR SUPPLY PIPE
(P2 air) (P2 air)

ENGINE
PRESSURISATION PIPE OF THE LEFT SIDE
TURBINE BEARING LABYRINTH SEALS
(P1' air)

EXTERNAL AIR PIPES

For training purposes only 5.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Refer to the Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections

- Inspection after the last flight of the day

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection before the first flight of the day

- "Pre-flight" inspections

- "Post-flight" inspections.

Compulsory maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out to meet the

Airworthiness regulations.

Recommended maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer

which must be carried out, although they do not directly affect
the flight safety.

For training purposes only 5.16

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
(refer to MM, chapter 05)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SERVICING INSPECTIONS COMPULSORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

INSPECTION AFTER THE LAST FLIGHT OF THE DAY - Air system Chap. 75
- Check for leaks on pipe mating surfaces • Clean the bleed valve P2 air filter

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Check for absence of wear marks on pipes (interference (normal atmosphere)

with other components) • Clean the bleed valve P2 air filter
(sand-laden atmosphere)
• Operational check of threshold changing
solenoid valve
- Bleed valve
• Cleaning (sand-laden atmosphere) Chap. 75

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS

- Bleed valve
• Inspection of the filter Chap. 75

- P2 air unions
• Cleaning (if bleed valve air filter
clogged) Chap. 75
- Bleed valve
• Cleaning (normal atmosphere) Chap. 75

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 5.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in

the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 5.18

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non-exhaustive list)

- Aircraft manufacturer P2 air bleed blanks Chap. 75

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation
- Bleed valve Chap. 75
• Removal / installation
• Examination of the bleed valve air filter
• Cleaning / checking
• Adjustment of the opening threshold
and/or replacement of the air bleed valve
bellows
- Off-set threshold solenoid valve Chap. 75
• Removal / installation
• Operational check

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 5.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 AIR SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

6 - FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Fuel system - Presentation (73-00) ...................................................... 6.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Fuel Control Unit (73-20-01) ................................................................. 6.6

- Start servo-valve (73-10-01) ................................................................. 6.12
- Start electro-valve (73-10-02) ............................................................... 6.16
- Pressurising valve ................................................................................ 6.18
- Overspeed and drain valve (73-10-05) ................................................ 6.20
- Start injectors (73-10-03) ...................................................................... 6.22
- Main injection system (73-10-06) ......................................................... 6.24
- Combustion chamber drain valve (71-70-01) ..................................... 6.26
- Fuel system - Operation (73-00) .......................................................... 6.28
- Fuel pipes (73-10-06) ............................................................................ 6.34
- Fuel system - 1st line maintenance ..................................................... 6.38 - 6.41

(XX-XX-XX): Reference of pages which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 6.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

GENERAL
Main components
Function - Fuel Control Unit (FCU)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

• Fuel pump
The fuel system manages the fuel supply, injection, control,
• Filter
distribution and metering functions.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Control devices

Position - Start servo-valve

All the system components are mounted on the engine except - Start electro-valve
the aircraft system components and the ECU.
- Overspeed and drain valve

Main characteristics - Heat exchanger

- Supply: - Start injectors

• aircraft system
• engine pump - Centrifugal injection wheel

- Injection: - Electronic Control Unit (ECU).

• centrifugal main injection
• start injection by injectors

- Fuel control: ECU and hydromechanical FCU

- Emergency fuel flow manual control.

Note: For tables indicating the types of fuel which can be

used and the corresponding US, UK, NATO and French
specifications, refer to Maintenance Manual capter 71.

For training purposes only 6.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL HEAT START

CONTROL UNIT EXCHANGER ELECTRO-VALVE
MANUAL
CONTROL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

START
P2
INJECTORS

CENTRIFUGAL
AIRCRAFT INJECTION WHEEL
LOW PRESSURE
SYSTEM

OVERSPEED Supply:
AND DRAIN - Aircraft system
VALVE - Engine pump

Injection:
- Centrifugal main injection
- Start injection by injectors

Fuel control:
ECU and hydromechanical FCU
ELECTRONIC
CONTROL AIRCRAFT ENGINE START Emergency fuel flow manual
UNIT SERVO-VALVE control

GENERAL
FUEL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 6.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

DESCRIPTION
Start servo-valve
This section presents the main components of the fuel system.
Fuel metering required to start and idle the engine.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Pump
Start electro-valve

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Spur gear type pump which provides the pressure supply. It is

fitted with a pressure relief valve. Electro-valve and ventilation ball valve.

Filter Overspeed and drain valve

Filtering at the pump outlet. The filter includes a pre-blockage Pressurising valve, drain valve, and overspeed electro-valve.
indicator and a by-pass valve.
Fuel injection system
Valves
- Start injectors (x 2)
- Main valve and auxiliary valve.
- Main injection system (centrifugal wheel).

Metering unit
- Metering needles controlled by the automatic control system

- Constant ∆P valve

- Manual control (lever, valves and cam).

For training purposes only 6.4

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PUMP

Start
FILTER injectors

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

VALVES
P2

Constant
START
∆P valve
ELECTRO-VALVE
Metering
needles

Manual
control

AUTOMATIC
FUEL CONTROL
CONTROL
UNIT
SYSTEM
START
SERVO-VALVE

Pressurising
valve

OVERSPEED Overspeed Drain Centrifugal

AND DRAIN VALVE electro-valve valve injection wheel

DESCRIPTION
FUEL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 6.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL UNIT

GENERAL
Main components
Function - Fuel pump

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The FCU ensures the supply and control of the fuel. - Fuel filter and pre-blockage indicator

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Valves (actuated by the manual control)

Position
- Control devices (N1 governor, acceleration controller, metering
- On the left front face of the accessory gearbox. device, constant ∆P valve, …).

Main characteristics
Note: This section gives a simple presentation of the Fuel
- Type: hydromechanical Control Unit. It is dealt with in more detail in the
"CONTROL SYSTEM" chapter.
- Mounting: clamping ring

- Replaceable components:
• Fuel filter
• Pre-blockage indicator.

For training purposes only 6.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Hydromechanical

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Mounting:
Clamping ring

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Replaceable components:
FUEL CONSTANT ∆P VALVE PRE-BLOCKAGE Fuel filter
PUMP INDICATOR Pre-blockage indicator

FUEL
PUMP
CONTROL
DEVICES
FUEL
FILTER

VALVES

CONSTANT
∆P VALVE

METERING
MANUAL NEEDLES
CONTROL

FUEL
FILTER
AUTOMATIC
VALVES CONTROL
SYSTEM

GENERAL
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
For training purposes only 6.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL UNIT

FUEL PUMP
Operation
Function The amount of fuel supplied by the pump is always greater than

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

that required by the engine; the excess is returned to the pump

The pump supplies fuel under determined conditions of pressure inlet by the constant ∆P valve.
and flow.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

In the event of overpressure, the pressure relief valve opens

and returns some of the flow to the pump inlet.
Position
- At the front part of the FCU.

Main characteristics
- Type: spur gear
- Pressure relief valve setting: approx. 4000 kPa (580 PSI)
- Rotation speed: as a function of N1.

Description
The pump includes two gears:

- A driving gear, driven by a shear-type shaft

- A driven gear which drives the flyweight of the speed governor.

The gears are supported on self adjusting journal bearings.

Two lip seals ensure the shaft sealing.
The pump includes a tapered pressure relief valve.

For training purposes only 6.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PRESSURE
Type: RELIEF VALVE
Spur gear

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Pressure relief valve setting:

Approx. 4000 kPa (580 PSI)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Rotation speed:
As a function of N1

SEALS DRIVE
GEAR
PUMP
N1 GOVERNOR
FLYWEIGHT
Fuel inlet PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE

To hydraulic
governor

From constant
SHAFT
∆P valve

GEAR TYPE
PUMP To fuel filter
DRIVEN
GEAR

FUEL PUMP
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
For training purposes only 6.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL UNIT

FUEL FILTER AND PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR
Description
Function The fuel filter assembly comprises:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- The fuel filter retains any particles that may be in the fuel in - A metal cartridge mounted in the FCU body
order to protect the metering unit components.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- A by-pass valve: differential valve pre-loaded by a spring and

- The pre-blockage indicator detects the onset of the filter located inside the metal cartridge
blockage.
- A pre-blockage indicator: differential valve with magnetic part
and indicator.
Position
- In the system: at the pump outlet Operation
- On the FCU: at the left front upper part. During normal operation, the fuel flows from the outside to the
inside of the filter. It retains particles larger than 20 microns.
Main characteristics When the filter begins to clog the indicator appears.
- Type: metal cartridge When the filter becomes sufficiently clogged the by-pass valve
opens.
- Filtering ability: 20 microns

- By-pass valve setting: 250 kPa (36.25 PSI)

- Pre-blockage indicator setting: 150 kPa (21.75 PSI).

For training purposes only 6.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Fuel
pump

FUEL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

FILTER

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRE-BLOCKAGE PRE-BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR INDICATOR

BY-PASS
VALVE
To metering BY-PASS
FUEL components VALVE
FILTER
Fuel inlet

Type: RED
Metal cartridge INDICATOR

Filtering ability:
20 microns
FILTERING
By-pass valve setting: UNIT DIFFERENTIAL
250 kPa (36.25 PSI) VALVE

Pre-blockage
indicator setting: PRE-BLOCKAGE
150 kPa (21.75 PSI) INDICATOR
Fuel outlet

FUEL FILTER AND PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR

FUEL CONTROL UNIT
For training purposes only 6.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM

MAKILA 1A-1A1
START SERVO-VALVE
GENERAL - DESCRIPTION
Function
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
The start servo-valve meters the fuel required to start and idle
the engine. It is controlled by the electronic control unit according
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
to certain signals, and to specific "fuel control" laws.
Position
- In the system: in by-pass of the metering needles
- On the engine: on the left side of the compressor counter
casing.
Main characteristics
- Type: servo-valve with two windings
- Max. WF: 120 l/h (264 lbs/hr) at 30 mA
- Min. WF: approx. 0 l/h (0 lbs/hr) at 0 mA
- Basic WF: 20 l/h (44 lbs/hr) at 2 mA.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training
Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
Description
Electrical part
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
The electrical part includes a servo-valve with two windings. It
receives from the electronic control unit a current of variable
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
intensity (0 to 30 mA).
The induced magnetic forces cause the flap valve to move.
Mechanical part
The mechanical part comprises mainly the fuel flow metering unit.
The fuel flow is controlled by a jet located in front of a flap valve.
The flow is determined by movement of the flap valve.
There is a filter at the fuel inlet (after TU 165).
A manually operated shut-off valve is fitted at the fuel inlet to
allow the servo-valve to be isolated for manual starting.
It is provided with a knurled knob which must be pushed and
turned to operate.
6.12
Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Filter
SERVO-VALVE (after TU 165)
Fuel inlet
(after TU 165)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Fuel inlet
(before TU 165)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Servo-valve with 2 windings

Max. WF:
120 l/h at 30 mA (264 lbs/hr)

Min. WF:
0 l/h at 0 mA (0 lbs/hr)
SHUT-OFF
Basic WF: F VALVE
20 l/h at 2 mA (44 lbs/hr)

Fuel inlet Fuel

inlet WINDINGS

Fuel outlet

Fuel ECU
outlet

ELECTRICAL FLAP
PLUG VALVE

GENERAL - DESCRIPTION
START SERVO-VALVE
For training purposes only 6.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

START SERVO-VALVE
OPERATION
Idle speed
The servo-valve (connected to the electronic control unit) meters
the fuel flow necessary to obtain a rapid start without overheat At the end of starting, the flow is metered so as to stabilise the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

in all conditions. speed at a value of about 68% N1.

The operation is considered during pre-start, starting, idle speed, Acceleration from idle to flight

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

acceleration from idle to flight and manual emergency starting.

Pre-start
The servo-valve is receiving 0 mA and is therefore closed. The
fuel flow allowed through the jet only corresponds to the leak flow.
This acceleration is selected by moving the throttle lever. The
flow is then determined by the FCU. But, as the N1 speed
passes 71%, the intensity is fixed at 0 mA, which corresponds
to the servo-valve closing. The acceleration is finished when
the lever is in the flight position.

Starting Manual emergency starting

When the electronic control unit is electrically supplied, the
servo-valve receives a basic current of 2 mA which determines
a fuel flow of about 20 l/h (44 lb/hr). This flow in addition to the
flow determined by the main valve (min. flow approx. 10 l/h),
constitutes the basic flow necessary for ignition in the combustion
chamber.
In case of failure of the automatic metering system, the servo-
valve can be isolated by actuating the shut-off valve.
The start fuel flow is then controlled by movement of the throttle
lever.

During starting, the current progressively increases (from

2 to 30 mA) and induces the flap valve displacement and the
progressive increase of flow. The current is supplied by the
electronic control unit according to an N1 speed law corrected
by a T4 temperature law.

For training purposes only 6.14

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

SHUT-OFF N1 (%)
VALVE SERVO-VALVE 0 mA

Fuel WINDINGS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

inlet 71

Approx. 68

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Fuel ECU IDLE

outlet
45
FLAP POWER ON LEVER
VALVE (2 mA) T4 AND N LAW DISPLACEMENT

START time
SELECTION
SERVO-VALVE
CURRENT (mA)
WF FLOW (l/h)
(lb/hr) 30 max.

120 ING
(264) A RT
ST

2
20
(44)
0 2 30 SERVO-VALVE 0 0 45 68 71 N1 (%)
CURRENT (mA) Power Start Idle
on selection

OPERATION
START SERVO-VALVE
For training purposes only 6.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

START ELECTRO-VALVE
The assembly includes:
Function
- An electro-valve
The start electro-valve ensures the fuel supply of the two start

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

injectors during starting and their ventilation during normal - A valve body which includes the valve and its release spring
engine operation. and the electro-valve

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Unions screwed into the valve body (fuel inlet union, fuel
Position outlet union to the injectors and P2 air inlet union).
- In the fuel system: at the metering unit outlet The P2 air inlet union includes the injector ventilation valve
(ball, seals and plug for ball access).
- On the engine: on top of the engine, at the junction of the
counter casing and the turbine casing.
Operation
Main characteristics Fuel injection
- Type: electro-valve When start is selected, the electro-valve is supplied and the
fuel provided by the pump is directed to the two injectors which
- Voltage: 28 VDC
spray the fuel into the combustion chamber. The fuel is then
- Energised: open ignited by the sparks produced by the igniter plugs.

- Ventilation valve: ball type. Injector ventilation

When self-sustaining speed is reached, the electrical supply of

Description the start electro-valve is cut-off and the valve closes causing a
drop in the fuel pressure. P2 air pressure from the compressor
The electro-valve is secured by means of bolts on top of the lifts the ball and ventilates the injectors. This ventilation operates
turbine casing. continuously during engine operation to prevent blockage of
the injectors.

For training purposes only 6.16

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

VENTILATION VALVE
BALL
ELECTRO-
VALVE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

VENTILATION
VALVE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Electro-valve
P2 air
Voltage: inlet
28 VDC Fuel
inlet
Energised:
Open
Fuel outlet
Ventilation valve: to the start
Ball type injectors

ELECTRO-VALVE ELECTRO-VALVE
SUPPLIED NOT SUPPLIED

VENTILATION
+ VALVE
P2 air
Fuel
injection
STARTING NORMAL RUNNING

START ELECTRO-VALVE
For training purposes only 6.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PRESSURISING VALVE

Function Operation
During starting, the pressurising valve ensures priority of fuel The pressurising valve has two stable positions: closed position

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

flow to the start injectors. and open position.

Closed position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
- In the system: upstream of the overspeed and drain valve
- On the engine: at the right lower part of the engine.
During starting, as the fuel pressure is lower than the pressurising
valve setting, the pressurising valve is closed. It prevents fuel
supply to the centrifugal injection wheel and ensures priority of
fuel flow to the start injectors.

Main characteristics Open position

- Type: spring valve When the fuel pressure becomes higher than the pressurising
valve setting, the pressurising valve opens and supplies fuel
- Setting: 220 kPa (32 PSI). to the centrifugal injection wheel.

Main components
- Fuel inlet union

- Flat seal

- Valve body

- Fuel outlet union.

For training purposes only 6.18

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL INLET FLAT SEAL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

UNION

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL OUTLET
UNION
Type:
Spring valve VALVE
BODY
Setting:
220 kPa (32 PSI)

PRESSURISING PRESSURISING
VALVE CLOSED VALVE OPEN
FUEL SUPPLY TO
THE CENTRIFUGAL
INJECTION WHEEL

CLOSED POSITION OPEN POSITION

(pressure < 220 kPa / 32PSI) (pressure > 220 kPa / 32PSI)

PRESSURISING VALVE
For training purposes only 6.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
OVERSPEED AND DRAIN VALVE
Function
The valve controls the supply to the injection wheel:
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
- Fuel supply during starting and normal operation,
- Fuel shut-off during engine shut-down.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Position
- In the system: between the Fuel Control Unit and the engine
fuel inlet
- On the engine: at the lower right part of the engine.
Main characteristics
- Drain valve: dual valve controlled by a diaphragm
- Overspeed electro-valve: supplied with direct current by the
ECU.
Description
The assembly includes:
- Drain valve: The drain valve includes a valve which opens
or closes the fuel passage to the injection wheel, and another
valve which drains off the unburnt fuel which remains in the
injection line.
- Power turbine overspeed electro-valve: The valve is
energised by the electronic control unit in case of power
turbine overspeed.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
Operation
We can consider two main operating positions: engine operation
(fuel supply) and engine shut-down (fuel shut-off and injection
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
wheel drain).
Engine running position
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
As soon as the fuel pressure reaches the set value of the
pressurising valve (approx. 220 kPa (32 PSI)) which is quickly
reached, the pressure is admitted under the diaphragm which
causes the drain valve to close and the fuel supply valve to
open. The fuel flows to the injection wheel and is sprayed into
the combustion chamber.
Shut-down position
- Normal shut-down
Normal shut-down (main valve closed by the throttle lever)
causes the pressure to decrease. The pressurising valve
closes, the pressure decreases under the diaphragm which
causes the supply valve to close and the drain valve to open
(this drains the fuel to the drain collector, in order to prevent
blockage of the injection wheel by carbonisation of unburnt
fuel).
- Shut-down in case of power turbine overspeed (controlled
by the ECU)
Engine shut-down can also be selected by the overspeed
electro-valve which, when it opens, causes the pressure to
decrease under the diaphragm and thus causes the system
to change to the shut-down position, draining of the injection
wheel.
6.20
FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Pressurising
DRAIN valve
VALVE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Fuel
inlet

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OVERSPEED
ELECTRO-VALVE
Drain valve:
Dual valve controlled by a diaphragm Fuel
outlet
Overspeed electro-valve:
Supplied by the ECU

To drain
collector
DRAIN
VALVE

Pressurising Pressurising
valve valve
(open) (closed)

OVERSPEED Centrifugal
ELECTRO-VALVE injection wheel To drain
collector
ENGINE RUNNING POSITION SHUT-DOWN POSITION

OVERSPEED AND DRAIN VALVE

For training purposes only 6.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

START INJECTORS
Description
Function The injectors are mounted on the upper part of the turbine
casing. They penetrate into the combustion chamber through
The injectors spray fuel into the combustion chamber during holes in the mixer unit.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

engine starting.
They are secured on a boss by bolts. Seals and spacers prevent
leaks and adjust the depth of penetration into the combustion

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position chamber.

- At the upper part of the turbine casing (one at 2 o'clock, the

Injector components
other at 10 o'clock) - Injector body
- Fuel inlet (threaded to receive a union)
- They penetrate into the mixer unit.
- Mounting flange
- Seals and spacers
Main characteristics - Jet.
- Type: simple injector
Operation
- Quantity: 2 Starting
- Ventilation: by circulation of P2 air. During starting the injectors are supplied with fuel.
The fuel is atomised by the jet and is ignited by the sparks
from the igniter plugs. The flames thus produced, ignite the
Note: Each injector is mounted beside an igniter plug. fuel sprayed by the centrifugal injection wheel.
Normal running
When the engine reaches self sustaining speed (approx.
Main components 45% N1), the fuel supply to the injectors is shut-off.
Combustion chamber air passes into the injectors to ventilate
- Fuel inlet union them. The ventilation avoids blockage by carbonisation of the
residual fuel.
- Start injector.
The ventilation is continuous during engine running.

For training purposes only 6.22

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

START Fuel SEALS AND

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INJECTOR inlet SPACERS

Type:
Simple injector

Quantity:
2
JET
Ventilation: IGNITER
By circulation of P2 air PLUG

IGNITER
ELECTRO-VALVE ELECTRO-VALVE
PLUGS
(supplied) (not supplied)

+
P2

STARTING NORMAL RUNNING

(start injector supply) (start injector ventilation)

START INJECTORS
For training purposes only 6.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MAIN INJECTION SYSTEM

Centrifugal injection assembly
Function
This assembly consists of a distribution manifold and a rotating
The system sprays fuel into the combustion chamber, in order
wheel. The distribution manifold fitted into the diffuser holder

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

to obtain a stable and efficient fuel combustion process.

plate is drilled with axial jets which deliver the fuel. The wheel,
mounted by curvic-couplings between the compressor shaft and
Position the turbine shaft, is drilled with calibrated orifices which form

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Internal part of the combustion chamber, on the turbine- the fuel spraying jets. Sealing between the distribution manifold
compressor shaft. and the wheel is achieved by pressurised labyrinth seals.

Main characteristics Operation

- Type: centrifugal injection The fuel is delivered to the distribution manifold through the
internal supply pipe.
- Wheel with calibrated orifices (jets)
The fuel then passes to the centrifugal wheel chamber.
- Radial fuel supply.
As the wheel is rotating at high speed (N1 speed) the fuel is
Description centrifuged out through the calibrated orifices and is sprayed
into the combustion chamber, between the two swirl plates.
The injection system includes the fuel inlet union; the supply
pipe and the centrifugal injection assembly. It should be noted that the injection pressure is supplied by the
centrifugal force and therefore the fuel system does not require
Fuel inlet union
very high pressure.
Located at the front of the compressor casing. It is fitted with a
plug to check for leaks. During engine shut-down, the fuel which remains in the wheel
is drained through the drain valve.
Internal supply pipe
The pipe connects the fuel inlet union to the injection system. It
is fitted between the combustion chamber front swirl plate and
the diffuser holder plate.

For training purposes only 6.24

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Centrifugal injection

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Wheel:
With calibrated orifices
(jets)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DISTRIBUTION INJECTION
Supply: MANIFOLD WHEEL
Radial fuel supply

SUPPLY
INJECTION PIPE
WHEEL FUEL INLET
RADIAL UNION
FUEL SUPPLY

DISTRIBUTION
MANIFOLD

PLUG TO CHECK
FOR LEAKS

MAIN INJECTION SYSTEM

For training purposes only 6.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

COMBUSTION CHAMBER DRAIN VALVE

Function Operation
The valve drains overboard any unburnt fuel remaining in the The valve has two positions: open and closed.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

combustion chamber.
"Open" position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position When the engine is not running and at the beginning of start,
the valve is held open by the action of the tension spring.
- Screwed through the drain collector into the lower part of the
turbine casing. Any unburnt fuel falls to the lower part of the turbine casing and
is drained into the drain collector through the valve. This drain
ensures that no fuel accumulates in the combustion chamber
Main characteristics which could cause starting problems (e.g.: overtemperature).
- Type: half-ball valve
"Closed" position
- Setting: approx. 300 kPa (43.5 PSI). Closing pressure obtained
at about 15% N1. As the engine starts, the combustion chamber air pressure
increases, the ball is pushed down and closes the drain.

Description The valve closes during the initial phase of starting.

The valve comprises:

- A union (screwed into the lower part of the turbine casing)

- A half-ball valve and tension spring

- An outlet orifice (into the drain collector).

For training purposes only 6.26

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

UPPER
SEAL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

DRAIN

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

COLLECTOR
Type:
Half-ball valve
LOWER
HALF-BALL SEAL
Setting:
Approx. 300 kPa (43.5 PSI)
(15% N1)
SPRING
OUTLET
VALVE
ORIFICE
BODY

Unburnt P2 air
fuel pressure

OUTLET
ORIFICE

COMBUSTION CHAMBER DRAIN Turbine

DRAIN VALVE COLLECTOR casing "OPEN" POSITION "CLOSED" POSITION

COMBUSTION CHAMBER DRAIN VALVE

For training purposes only 6.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION

PRE-START - STARTING The pump pressure increases and the fuel flows to the start
injectors. As soon as the pressure is sufficient to open the
pressurising valve, fuel flows to the injection wheel through the
Pre-start overspeed and drain valve.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

There is no pressure in the system, and no electrical supply to Ignition occurs (temperature and speed of gas increase): at
the accessories. self-sustaining speed (45% N1), the starter, the start electro-

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- The throttle lever is in the stop position (the two valves are
closed)
- The pump is not operating (its by-pass valve is closed)
- The overspeed and drain valve is in the drain position
- The cam will maintain the two metering needles.
valve and the ignition are de-energised and P2 air ventilates
the start injectors.
The engine is stabilised at idle speed, controlled by the starting
device (servo-valve which receives an electronic control unit
signal in order to obtain a rapid acceleration without surge or
overheat).

Starting
When start is selected (throttle lever to the start position and
push-button activated):
- The start injector electro-valve is energised
- The starter drives the gas generator
- The ignition system operates (sparks at the igniter plugs)
- The start servo-valve is controlled by the electronic control
unit
- The constant ΔP valve enters into control
- The metering needles are maintained closed by the cam
(10 l/h of leak).

For training purposes only 6.28

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

+
+

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STARTING
Fuel pressure > 220 kPa

+
P2
+

PRE-START STARTING STARTING

N1 < 45% N1 > SELF-SUSTAINING SPEED

PRE-START - STARTING
FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 6.29
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION

NORMAL OPERATION - ENGINE SHUT-DOWN

Normal operation

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The pilot moves the throttle to the "FLIGHT" position, the cam
releases the metering needles, the control system accelerates

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

the engine to 100% N2.

The pump supplies fuel under pressure, at a flow which is always

higher than the engine requirements. The fuel is metered by the
control system (refer to the following chapter); the excess fuel
is returned to the pump inlet by the constant ΔP valve.

Engine shut-down
The pilot brings the throttle lever back to the "STOP", fully
closed position after engine stabilisation. The fuel is shut-off,
and the engine stops.

During the shut-down phase, the drain valve opens to drain the
fuel which remains in the injection wheel.

For training purposes only 6.30

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2

NORMAL OPERATION ENGINE SHUT-DOWN

NORMAL OPERATION - ENGINE SHUT-DOWN

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 6.31
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION

MANUAL STARTING - MANUAL CONTROL

Manual starting

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The start servo-valve can be manually isolated, to enable the

pilot to carry out a manual engine start by means of the throttle

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

lever.

The acceleration to nominal speed is achieved by moving the

throttle lever to the flight position.

The start push-button must be manually maintained, because

the hold-in circuit is not operational.

Manual control
In the event of a control system failure the fuel flow can be
controlled using the throttle lever which acts on the main and
auxiliary valves.

In the emergency "plus range" to increase the flow through the

opening of the auxiliary valve.

In the emergency "minus range" to decrease the flow through

the closing of the main valve.

For training purposes only 6.32

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2 P2

-
+

MANUAL STARTING MANUAL CONTROL

MANUAL STARTING - MANUAL CONTROL

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 6.33
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL PIPES
PIPES (LEFT HAND SIDE)

Description

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The fuel pipes ensure the circulation of fuel between the

components of the system.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Main characteristics
- Type of pipes: rigid, stainless steel.

Pipes
- Fuel inlet union

- From the heat exchanger to the pressurising valve

- From the 3-way union to the heat exchanger

- From the start servo-valve to the 3-way union

- From the start electro-valve to the left injector

- From the 3-way union to the start electro-valve

- From the fuel control unit to the start servo-valve.

For training purposes only 6.34

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

FUEL FROM THE FUEL FROM THE 3-WAY UNION FROM THE START

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INLET CONTROL UNIT TO THE TO THE START ELECTRO-VALVE TO

UNION START SERVO-VALVE ELECTRO-VALVE THE LEFT INJECTOR

Type of pipes:
FROM THE HEAT FROM THE FROM THE START Rigid,
EXCHANGER TO THE 3-WAY UNION TO SERVO-VALVE stainless steel
PRESSURISING VALVE THE HEAT EXCHANGER TO THE 3-WAY UNION

PIPES (LEFT HAND SIDE)

FUEL PIPES
For training purposes only 6.35
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL PIPES
PIPES (RIGHT HAND SIDE)

- From the 3-way union to the heat exchanger

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- From the 3-way union to the start electro-valve

- From the start electro-valve to the right injector

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- From the heat exchanger to the pressurising valve

For training purposes only 6.36

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FROM THE START FROM THE 3-WAY UNION

ELECTRO-VALVE TO THE START
TO THE RIGHT INJECTOR ELECTRO-VALVE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FROM THE HEAT FROM THE

EXCHANGER TO THE 3-WAY UNION TO
PRESSURISING VALVE THE HEAT EXCHANGER

PIPES (RIGHT HAND SIDE)

FUEL PIPES
For training purposes only 6.37
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Refer to the Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections

- Inspection after the last flight of the day

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection before the first flight of the day

- "Pre-flight" inspections

- "Post-flight" inspections.

Compulsory maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out to meet the

Airworthiness regulations.

Recommended maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer

which must be carried out, although they do not directly affect
the flight safety.

For training purposes only 6.38

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
(refer to MM, chapter 05)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SERVICING INSPECTIONS COMPULSORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

INSPECTION AFTER THE LAST FLIGHT OF THE DAY - Combustion chamber drain valve and drain
- Check for leaks pipe

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• on pipe mating surfaces • Inspection / cleaning Chap. 71

- Inspect the engine - Overspeed electro-valve
• check that the fuel flow control is correctly connected • Operational check Chap. 73
- Inspect fuel system - Overspeed and drain valve
• check the clogging indicator
- Check for absence of wear marks on pipes (interference • Check of sealing Chap. 73
with other components) - Pressurising valve
• Check of sealing Chap. 73
- Injection manifold
• check of permeability Chap. 73
- Start electro-valve
• Cleaning Chap. 73
- Fuel control unit filter
• Check Chap. 73

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS

- Start servo-valve (post TU 165)
• Examination Chap. 73

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 6.39
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in

the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 6.40

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
(non-exhaustive list)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Routine service Chap. 73 - Distribution manifold Chap. 73

- Start servo-valve Chap. 73 • Checking of permeability
• Removal / installation - Start servo-valve filter (post TU 165) Chap. 73

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Start electro-valve Chap. 73 • Examination

• Removal / installation - Start electro-valve Chap. 73
- Start injector Chap. 73 • Cleaning
• Removal / installation / cleaning - Fuel filter Chap. 73
- Pressurising valve Chap. 73 • Removal / installation
• Removal / installation - Pressure reducing valve on the FCU Chap. 73
- Overspeed and drain valve Chap. 73 • Removal / installation
• Removal / installation - Pre-blockage indicator Chap. 73
- Injection ramp union Chap. 73 • Cleaning / rearming
• Removal / installation - Fuel filter Chap. 73
- Start servo-valve fuel filter (post TU 165) Chap. 73 • Examination
• Removal / installation
- Starting chain Chap. 73
• Test
- Injector and/or igniter plug Chap. 73
• Change
- Injection union Chap. 73
• Sealing inspection
- Electro-valve and overspeed and drain
valve Chap. 73
• Testing the operation / Testing the Before
sealing carrying out any
- Pressurising valve Chap. 73 maintenance tasks, remember
• Testing the sealing to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 6.41
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 FUEL SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

7 - CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Control system - Presentation.............................................................. 7.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Electronic Control Unit - Presentation................................................. 7.8

- Fuel Control Unit.................................................................................... 7.10
- Control system - Functional description............................................. 7.12
- Electronic Control Unit - Functional description................................ 7.50
- General operation.................................................................................. 7.52
- Control system - 1st line maintenance ............................................... 7.62 - 7.65

(XX-XX-XX): Reference of pages which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 7.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

GENERAL
Main components
Functions - Electronic control unit (one per engine, mounted in the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

airframe)
The system is designed to adapt the engine to the aircraft
power requirements whilst remaining within defined limits, by - Engine (engine and systems) and particularly the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

metering the fuel flow. hydromechanical control unit

The main functions are: - Aircraft (various systems).

- Starting

- Speed control

- Various limits

- Manual control

- Bleed valve control (off-set threshold)

- Overspeed protection.

Main characteristics
- Composite control system: analogue electronic and
hydromechanical

- "Emergency" manual control.

For training purposes only 7.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS

- Composite control system: analogue

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

electronic and hydromechanical

- "Emergency" manual control

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIRCRAFT ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT

(various systems) (ECU)

MAIN FUNCTIONS

- Starting
- Speed control
- Various limits
- Manual control
ENGINE
- Bleed valve control
(engine and engine systems)
- Overspeed protection

GENERAL
CONTROL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 7.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

COMPLETE SYSTEM
Electronic control unit
Aircraft components - Analogue type

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Control components (logic and analog signals)

- Mounted in the aircraft
- Monitoring components (indicators, power loss, warning

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

lights…) - One electronic control unit per engine with cross monitoring.
- Electronic control unit power supply
- Start and stop selection logic.

Engine components
- Hydromechanical fuel control unit:
• Pump
• Filter
• Metering unit (with manual control)
- Start servo-valve
- Overspeed and drain valve
- Start injector electro-valve
- Indicating system sensors
- Control system sensors
- Ignition units
- Starter
- Bleed valve off-set threshold solenoid valve.

For training purposes only 7.4

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

A/C CONTROLS AND A/C 28 V

A/C START AND STOP LOGIC
INSTRUMENTS SUPPLY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Start accessories
POWER
LOSS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIRCRAFT

ELECTRONIC CONTROL BOX

Overspeed shut-down
BLEED

Control servo-valve
INDICATION CONTROL IGNITION
SENSORS SENSORS VALVE UNITS

Position signal
SOLENOID
VALVE
STARTER

ENGINE
OVERSPEED
Fuel PUMP FILTER Main
AND DRAIN
inlet FUEL VALVE injection
METERING

MANUAL START INJECTOR Start

CONTROLP2 P0 ELECTRO-VALVE injection
START
HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL UNIT SERVO-VALVE

P2

COMPLETE SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 7.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM N1 speed governor

The Electronic Control Unit (ECU) comprises the following The governor is hydromechanical and comprises:
components:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- N1 diaphragm
- 9 internal cards
- N1 speed detection flyweight

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- 4 external modules (ECU power supply).

- An articulated lever with modulated-pressure potentiometric
HYDROMECHANICAL CONTROL SYSTEM jet

The Fuel Control Unit (FCU) comprises the following components: - A thermal corrector unit

Pressure reducing valve - A damping device (isochronous piston and scroll)

A diaphragm valve that reduces pump pressure to supply the - A metering valve control piston.
hydraulic control system.
Acceleration controller
Manual control Part of the metering unit, it comprises:
A throttle lever activating a main valve, an auxiliary valve and - A barostatic corrector
the acceleration controller cam.
- An acceleration control capsule
N2 control servo-valve
- A lever mechanism.
A dual wound servo-valve supplied by the electronic control
unit. It comprises an electrical stage and a hydraulic stage (flap Metering unit
valve and potentiometric nozzle).
It comprises two metering needles (acceleration metering needle
Position transmitter and deceleration metering needle) and a constant ∆P valve.
An LVDT-type sensor that transmits the position of the N1
governor diaphragm to the electronic control unit.

For training purposes only 7.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRONIC N2 CONTROL Fuel

CONTROL BOX SERVO-VALVE inlet
HYDROMECHANICAL
PRESSURE REDUCING FUEL CONTROL UNIT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

VALVE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Diaphragm N1 SPEED
GOVERNOR MANUAL
CONTROL

N1
To start
servo-valve

From start
POSITION
servo-valve
TRANSMITTER
(PPNG)
METERING
UNIT

P0 P2 To main injection
via overspeed and
drain valve
ACCELERATION
CONTROLLER

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM - HYDROMECHANICAL CONTROL SYSTEM

CONTROL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 7.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT -

PRESENTATION
Main components
GENERAL
- Earth terminal

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function - Electrical connectors:

• Helicopter harness connection
The Electronic Control Unit (ECU) controls and monitors the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Test connector
engine operation.
- 9 plug-in cards on a motherboard where connectors are
staggered for fool-proofing:
Position
• Start T4
- Aircraft electrical rack. • Start N
• CVD
Main characteristics • PPNG
• LPG or Training LPG MCP
- Type: single channel, analogue electronic • Comparator
• CFT
- Quantity: one electronic control unit per engine
• Overspeed
- Electrical supply: redundant 28 V • Relay
• 3 CFT power supply modules
- Mass: 4.5 kg (10 lb) • 1 main power supply module.
- Attachment: in a rack with 4 mounting pads.

For training purposes only 7.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CFT power Main power

supply modules supply module

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Test
connector

ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT
(ECU)

Type:
Single channel,
analogue electronic

Quantity:
One ECU per engine Earth
terminal
Start T4 card
Electrical supply:
Redundant 28 V Start N card
Helicopter CVD card
Mass: harness connectors
PPNG card
4.5 kg (10 lb) LPG card or Training LPG MCP card
Mounting
Comparator card
Attachment: pads
In a rack with CFT card
4 mounting pads Overspeed card
Relay card

GENERAL
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 7.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL UNIT

Function Interfaces
FCU mounting
The Fuel Control Unit (FCU) supplies fuel under pressure to
the engine and meters its flow. The FCU is mounted on the rear face of the accessory gearbox

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

by means of half-shells and a clamp. The drive shaft is engaged

Position into the corresponding drive connection. The FCU mounting

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

flange includes a locating pin.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- On the rear, upper, left-hand side of the accessory gearbox.

Manual control
Main characteristics
The aircraft manufacturer’s mechanical linkage is connected
- Type: hydromechanical with an electric servo-valve to the ball-joint of the FCU control lever. Remember that the
lever controls the two valves and the cam of the acceleration
- Hydraulic fluid: fuel
controller. Its position is indicated by a pointer which moves
across a graduated scale.
Main components
Fuel unions
- Fuel pump (with pressure relief valve)
A certain number of unions connect the FCU to the fuel system:
- Pressure reducing valve
- Fuel inlet union: self-sealing quick-disconnect union screwed
- Filter (with by-pass valve and pre-blockage indicator) into the FCU (left-hand side)
- Manual control of the valves - Fuel outlet union: 3-way union bolted to the rear of the FCU
- Power turbine control servo-valve - Fuel outlet union to the start servo-valve
- 2 purge screws.
- Position transmitter (LVDT)
Air unions
- Control system components (N1 governor, N2 governor,
acceleration controller) - P2 air pressure union for the acceleration controller.

- Metering unit (metering needles, constant ΔP valve). Electrical connectors

- Power turbine control servo-valve connector
- Position transmitter connector.

For training purposes only 7.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

POSITION PRESSURE Fuel unions

FUEL OUTLET TRANSMITTER REDUCING Air unions
UNION TO THE START CONNECTOR VALVE
PURGE Electrical connectors
SERVO-VALVE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SCREW
PURGE
SCREW

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2 AIR
UNION
LOCATING
PIN FUEL OUTLET UNION
(3 WAYS)

SERVO-VALVE
CONNECTOR

Type:
Hydromechanical with an
electric servo-valve

Hydraulic fluid:
Fuel MOUNTING MANUAL
FLANGE CONTROL FUEL INLET UNION

FUEL CONTROL UNIT

For training purposes only 7.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
Compressor bleed valve
MAIN FUNCTIONS
Opening and closing control of the compressor bleed valve in

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

This part classifies the various functions of the system. off-set threshold.

Starting This function will prevent engine surge which could occur in

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

the hover, in ground effect, with a tail wind. When off-set mode
This function guarantees a quick and safe start under all is selected the electronic control unit controls the opening and
operating conditions. closing of the bleed valve via a solenoid valve, as a function
of N1.

Speed control
Manual control
The power turbine rotation speed is maintained constant.
The system permits manual engine control for certain operating
phases and in the event of failure of the automatic control system.
Various limitations
The engine is kept within determined limits: N1 and N2 speeds, Overspeed protection
acceleration and deceleration, fuel flow…
Automatic engine shut-down in the event of power turbine
overspeed.
Twin-engine configuration
The system takes into consideration the twin-engine configuration
(load sharing) and the failure of one engine.

For training purposes only 7.12

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MANUAL CONTROL
STARTING

- Sequence

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Fuel flow control

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TWIN-ENGINE CONFIGURATION

CONTROL
SYSTEM

METERING UNIT

OVERSPEED PROTECTION

SPEED AND LIMITATIONS

- N2 speed

- N1 speed BLEED VALVE CONTROL

IN OFF-SET THRESHOLD WF
- Acceleration/Deceleration

- Fuel flow

MAIN FUNCTIONS
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
Starting fuel flow control
STARTING
During starting the fuel flow is metered so as to give a rapid

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

This function includes the starting sequence, starting fuel flow start without overheat.
control, idling and the transition from idle to flight.
To this end, the flow is controlled according to different laws:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The cards in the ECU which control this function are the CVD
card, the Start N card and the Start T4 card. - Basic flow law for ignition (pre-set of 2 mA which determines
a flow of 20 l/h (44 lb/hr) through the servo-valve)

Note: The CVD card also controls the compressor bleed valve
in off-set mode.
Starting sequence
The system ensures the cranking (starter), the ignition (ignition
unit) and the fuel supply.
Start is selected through the aircraft system and the electronic
control unit. The electronic control unit de-energises the starting
accessories at a determined N1 value (self-sustaining speed).
The system is also designed to allow a manually controlled start.
- Starting flow law for acceleration (as a function of N1 speed)
- Flow correction law to prevent overtemperature (as a function
of the T4 gas temperature indexed proportional to N1 above
45% N1)
- Idle law to stabilise the speed at the end of starting (N1 around
68%).
The system comprises:
- The electronic stage in the electronic control unit
- The start servo-valve which meters fuel according to the
current received.

For training purposes only 7.14

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ACQUISITION AND START N CARD

N1 TREATMENT
OF THE N1 SIGNAL START ACCESSORIES

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

VNG
DE-ENERGISE CONTROL
Bleed valve AT N1 = 45%
electro-valve

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

BLEED VALVE RELAY (RELAY CARD)

CONTROL
IDLE CONTROL VR
LAW
BLEED VALVE
CONTROL (CVD)
START CONTROL VN + U CURRENT mA
+
N1 (%) LAW + SUPPLY

Idle
68
SUMMING
T4 DATUM DEVICE
45 Self-sustaining speed CALCULATION
(de-energisation of
REAL T4 / T4 DATUM
starting accessories)
COMPARISON F

Cranking + CORRECTION START

T4 VT4
Ignition - SIGNAL SERVO-VALVE
Fuel supply ELABORATION
COMPARATOR START T4 CARD

0
Selection time
STARTING SEQUENCE STARTING FUEL FLOW CONTROL

STARTING
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
IDLE - TRANSITION FROM IDLE TO FLIGHT IDLE Note: The flight position is obtained when the lever is fully
open (52°).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Idle
At the end of the start sequence, the speed stabilises at idle

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

rating (N1 approx. 68%).

The rating is defined by a speed maintained constant by the

proportional control system and the start servo-valve.

Transition from idle to flight

This is selected by moving the throttle lever from the starting
position to the flight position.

The transition is terminated when the system enters into power

turbine nominal speed control.

The lever displacement opens the main valve and releases the
acceleration controller cam.

The flow is no longer determined by the start servo-valve but

by the main valve and the metering needles.

Between 68% and 71% N1, the servo-valve intensity reduces

to 0 mA.

The speed control system operates and the fuel flow is

determined by the metering needles in the Fuel Control Unit.

For training purposes only 7.16

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

N1 (%)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Approx. Flight (N2 100%)

80

Acceleration MAIN AUXILIARY

by control lever VALVE VALVE 52° (flight)

CAM 0° 90°
0 mA
71

Idle
68
START
SERVO-VALVE

METERING
NEEDLES
LEVER SYSTEM OF
THE ACCELERATION
0 CONTROLLER
time

IDLE - TRANSITION FROM IDLE TO FLIGHT IDLE

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
Adaptation to requirements
CONTROL - GENERAL
The adaptation is ensured by the control system (ECU and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Installation configuration metering unit) by metering the fuel flow WF injected into the
combustion chamber.
The gas generator supplies power to the power turbine which

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

is connected to the helicopter main rotor. Thus, the gas generator adapts automatically to the requirements
(variable N1) to maintain a constant N2 whilst keeping all the
other parameters within determined limits.
Installation requirements
The main requirements of the system are: Principle of the control loop
- Constant NR Three stages can be considered in the control loop.

- Max. torque TRQ limitation - N2 governor. This determines an N1* datum as a function
of the difference between an N2* datum and the actual N2.
- Constant N2 It also receives a signal proportional to collective pitch acts
on the N2 datum. This signal reduces the response time
- Max. N1 limited (several ratings) (anticipation).

- Min. N1 limited - N1 governor. This determines a fuel flow datum WF* as a

function of the difference between the N1* datum and the
- Acceleration and deceleration control actual N1

- Fuel flow limit - Fuel flow control unit. This determines a fuel flow WF as
a function of the WF* datum and various signals for the
- Load sharing in twin-engine configuration. acceleration control.

For training purposes only 7.18

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

NR
W
N1 N2
TRQ

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

ue
rq
. to
Max

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N1 isospeeds

WF
Metering
needles

WF
N2
Fuel POWER / N1, N2
P2 flow
control
N1
WF*
Max.
N1 N1 speed Nominal N2
governor

Operating
N1* range
N2 speed
N2 Min.
governor Collective pitch

N2* N2
CONTROL LOOP N1 / N2

CONTROL - GENERAL
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION As the largest load variations come from the collective pitch, a
SPEED CONTROL - GENERAL link between the governor and the collective pitch compensates
the static droop. Furthermore, the detection phase is advanced
(this explains the name "anticipator") to reduce the response time.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The power turbine N2* datum is calculated as a function of:

- A variable datum as a function of the helicopter collective We therefore obtain iso θ lines for each collective pitch angle
and, in operation, an apparent static droop line which stays

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

pitch position (anticipator)

- A fixed datum (N2* datum).
The difference between the datum and the actual speed is treated
by a proportional N2 governor (electronic) which determines
the gas generator speed datum N1*.
The hydromechanical N1 governor compares the N1* datum
to the actual N1 and determines a fuel flow datum WF* as a
function of the difference.
within a narrow N2 speed variation range.
Example of transient condition
When the load is increased, the N2 speed drops and the control
system responds by increasing the fuel flow (WF). The N1 speed
increases to bring the system back into balance. The N2 speed
therefore stops dropping and increases again to stabilise at a
value slightly greater than its initial value (the static droop is not
only compensated, but actually overcompensated).

The fuel flow control unit meters the fuel flow by limiting its
variation as a function of the compressor outlet pressure P2
(acceleration control).

Static droop and compensation

In this type of governor, the N1 speed is made inversely
proportional to N2. The N1/N2 relation illustrates this
proportionality and the N2 variation is called "static droop".

The static droop ensures the system stability, but it is not

acceptable because the helicopter rotor requires a constant
speed (NR = k.N2).

For training purposes only 7.20

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

N1
N2 N1 Load TRQ
(θ)
N2 N1

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

WF

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

time
FUEL FLOW P2 Power turbine
CONTROL UNIT speed N2

time
WF* Static droop without anticipator N2

Static droop line

N1 GOVERNOR N1
without anticipator
(HYDROMECHANICAL) for different θ Fuel flow
N1 WF
N1 POSITION θ3 WITH
N1*
θ2 ANTICIPATOR
N2 GOVERNOR N2 θ1 Apparent static
3
(ELECTRONIC) droop line time
Gas generator
N2* datum 2 speed N1
θ
1
ANTICIPATOR

time
COLLECTIVE PITCH
Apparent static droop N2
SPEED CONTROL EXAMPLE OF TRANSIENT CONDITION
(load increase)

SPEED CONTROL - GENERAL

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
SPEED CONTROL - ELECTRONIC STAGE
The power turbine rotation speed is detected by three electro-
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
magnetic sensors which are fitted opposite three phonic wheels;
each of these phonic wheels has a different number of teeth.
Thus each sensor generates a different frequency, which is
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
nevertheless proportional to the rotation speed.
CFT card
The Frequency Voltage Converters (FVC) change the signals
from the sensors into a DC voltage. At 100% N2: V1 = V2 =
V3 = -10 Volts.
Comparator card
A channel selector (comparator card) selects one of the
representative voltages.
Note: Before TU 203: If one signal is missing, it disconnects
the defective channel, selects one of the 2 remaining
channels and provides an indication of the anomaly
(loss of redundancy) in the cockpit ("GOV / REG" light).
After TU 203: If 2 or 3 signals are missing, the system
will decelerate the gas generator to the control system
min stop (approx. 65% N1) in order to avoid power
turbine overspeed. The "Alarm", "PWR", "Diff Ng" and
"GOV / REG" lights will illuminate in the cockpit.
After TU 250 : the 65% N1 backup law becomes
reversible if the three N2 channels become consistent
and greater than 80% N2 again (both 2 conditions are
necessary).
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
The "GOV / REG" light remains irreversible and the 65%
N1 backup law activation (TU 203) remains unchanged.
LPG / Training LPG or Training MCP LPG card
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
The anticipator (which is a potentiometer, controlled by the
collective pitch) outputs a voltage which is proportional to the
collective pitch. This signal which is a direct representation of
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
the required power, compensates the static droop of the speed
governor.
The speed governor compares the signals which correspond
to the actual speed (VNTL), the datum speed (VNTL*) and
the anticipator (Vθ). It carries out the following operation:
Vθ + VNTL* - VNTL, and sends the result to an adjustable
gain amplifier. This amplifier generates a voltage VCp, which
represents the gas generator speed datum.
The loop is controlled by comparing the datum (VCp) with the
obtained N1 governor actual position (VD).
Note 1: If the card detects a defective signal from the PPNG
sensor (VD) from the LPG card, it will use a "recovery
law for electrical failure" to output an N1 signal of
approx. 85%.
Note 2: After TU 241: elimination of irreversibility of 85% N1
(NG) backup.
PPNG card
The N1 governor position is measured by the PPNG position
transmitter (position of the NG governor piston diaphragm). The
difference, or error, is sent to a proportional-integral amplifier
on the LPG card, which generates a current (mA).
The servo-valve transforms the current into modulated hydraulic
pressure to the hydromechanical datum stage.
7.22
CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

N2 SPEED V1 V2 V3 Selected "GOV / REG"

SENSORS (V) (V) (V) channel light

-10 -10 -10 V1 Off

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

-10 -10 ≠ V2 On

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CFT CARD -10 ≠ -10 V3 On

≠ -10 -10 V2 On

CHANNEL SELECTOR LOGIC

θ
F/V
CONVERTERS LPG / TRAINING LPG or TRAINING MCP LPG CARD After TU 241:
ANTICIPATOR Elimination of
GOVERNOR irreversibility of
(summing device and amplifier) 85% NG backup
Vθ COMPARATOR
V1 V2 V3

VNTL +
CHANNEL Vε VCp mA N2 CONTROL
- +
SELECTOR SERVO-VALVE
+ -

COMPARATOR CARD
VNTL* VD HYDROMECHANICAL
DATUM STAGE
After TU 203: CALCULATION OF
Back-up law if POSITION SIGNAL
loss of 2 or 3
signals PPNG CARD POSITION
TRANSMITTER PPNG

SPEED CONTROL - ELECTRONIC STAGE

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
Damping device
SPEED CONTROL - HYDROMECHANICAL
STAGE (1) Isochronous scroll and piston which damp the modulated

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

pressure variations.
N1 speed sensor
Working piston

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

It includes a flyweight driven at a speed proportional to N1 (in

fact driven by the pump shaft). The flyweight centrifugal force The piston is subjected on one side to the modulated pressure,
is opposed by a counter spring which is loaded by the datum and on the other side to datum pressure. It controls the fuel
diaphragm. The diaphragm displacement is limited between metering needles through a rod and a plunger.
two mechanical stops (min. and max. N1).

The balance of forces acts on an articulated lever whose lower

part forms a flap valve.

Potentiometric jet
This is a flap valve which moves in front of a calibrated orifice.
The valve position determines the fuel flow through the jet and
therefore the modulated pressure in the hydraulic system.

The potentiometric jet position is corrected as a function of the

fuel temperature by a thermal compensator. This compensation
moves the equilibrium point and has an effect on the max. N1.

For training purposes only 7.24

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

DATUM N1 SPEED FLYWEIGHT ISOCHRONOUS ISOCHRONOUS

DIAPHRAGM SENSOR SCROLL PISTON

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAX. SPEED WORKING

STOP PISTON

MIN. SPEED
STOP

METERING
NEEDLES
THERMAL
COMPENSATOR

POTENTIOMETRIC
JET

FLAP
VALVE

DAMPING P0 P2
DEVICE

SPEED CONTROL - HYDROMECHANICAL STAGE (1)

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION When the pressure on the datum spring varies (demand of a new
datum), the lever moves and the flow through the potentiometric
SPEED CONTROL - HYDROMECHANICAL jet varies. The modulated pressure which controls the metering
STAGE (2) unit through the damping device also varies.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Fuel from the fuel pump passes through the pressure reducing
valve, which reduces the fuel pressure by means of a metering The working piston moves and drives the metering needle until
valve, controlled by a diaphragm. the N1 datum is reached. The gas generator speed increases

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

or decreases to adapt itself to the new load conditions in order

The fuel at reduced pressure (approx. 430 kPa (62.4 PSI)) to maintain the power turbine nominal speed.
passes through a strainer and a fixed calibrated orifice into
the PPNG chamber. A certain amount of fuel flows through the Under stable conditions, the centrifugal force of the flyweight
potentiometric jet of the servo-valve. balances the spring force. The lever is set to a fixed position;
A modulated pressure (as a function of the flow) builds up the flap valve is also set to a fixed position which determines the
downstream of the calibrated orifice. It acts on the diaphragm, flow which is necessary to obtain the required rotation speed.
whose position determines the speed datum required by the The system is in balance.
gas generator governor.
Thermal compensator: The effect of fuel temperature on speed
When the electrical current supplied by the electronic control (due to the change in viscosity, which changes the point of
unit varies, the magnetic forces cause the flap valve to move, equilibrium of the hydromechanical governor) is compensated
which changes the flow rate and thus modifies the modulated by the capsule in order to obtain the invariability of the N1 max.
pressure. A slight variation is, however, introduced; but this remains within
The variation of the modulated pressure causes the precise limits.
diaphragm to move, and produces a new datum (new pressure
of the datum spring). The diaphragm displacement is limited
by two stops (N max. and N min.) and its position is fedback
to the electronic control unit by a position transmitter (PPNG).
The N1 governor chamber is also receiving reduced pressure
through a calibrated orifice. This fuel flow out of the chamber
through a potentiometric jet, thus etablishing a modulated
pressure in the chamber and on the front face of the working
piston.

For training purposes only 7.26

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRONIC SERVO-VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING REDUCED PRESSURE

CONTROL UNIT VALVE
MODULATED PRESSURE
mA N1 DATUM
(Diaphragm control)
SPRING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

LP pressure MODULATED PRESSURE

(Metering unit control)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LOW PRESSURE
(L.P.)

MAX. N1
Pump
STOP
pressure
MIN. N1 CONSTANT
STOP ∆P VALVE

To pump inlet

To start
servo-valve

METERING NEEDLES
POSITION
TRANSMITTER
From start
servo-valve

DIAPHRAGM THERMAL WORKING

COMPENSATOR PISTON To injection

SPEED CONTROL - HYDROMECHANICAL STAGE (2)

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION Operation
METERING UNIT In normal operation, the fuel flows between the orifice and
the metering needles (acceleration metering needle flow +

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function deceleration metering needle flow).

In order to obtain a flow which depends only on the position of
This unit meters the fuel flow under the control of the FCU.
the metering valve, a constant ∆P valve maintains a constant

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

pressure difference on either side of the metering needles.

Position Any change in the differential pressure is detected by the valve
which returns a variable quantity of fuel to the pump inlet. In
Rear part of the FCU.
fact the pump always supplies a flow which is higher than the
engine requirements, and the surplus fuel is returned to the inlet
Main characteristics through this valve. ∆P variations are caused by the pump, the
downstream system, and obviously by the displacements of the
- Type: tapered metering needles, constant ∆P valve with
metering valve. For example, when the metering valve opens,
diaphragm
the ∆P decreases, the diaphragm moves and the valve reduces
the return. The flow to the engine increases, the upstream
Description pressure increases, and the differential pressure returns to its
nominal value.
The unit comprises an acceleration metering needle, a
deceleration metering needle, and a constant ∆P valve. During starting the cam maintains the needles at min. flow; the
flow through the metering needles is very low (approx. 10 l/h
The acceleration metering needle, has a spring which tends to (22 lbs/hr)). During acceleration (above 35° throttle position),
open it. It is controlled by the speed governor. the cam disengages from the needles.
The deceleration metering needle, of the same type provides
a parallel flow; it is directly controlled by the lever of the
acceleration controller.
The constant ∆P valve has a diaphragm subjected to the fuel
pressure difference across the metering needles plus the spring
force. The diaphragm controls a valve which determines the
return of excess fuel.

For training purposes only 7.28

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL PUMP

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONSTANT
∆P VALVE

CAM

ACCELERATION DECELERATION
METERING NEEDLE METERING NEEDLE

METERING UNIT
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.29
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
Operation
CONTROL SERVO-VALVE
Fuel from the fuel pump passes through the pressure reducing

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function valve, which reduces the pressure. Then the fuel passes through
a strainer and a fixed calibrated orifice. A certain quantity of fuel
The servo-valve elaborates an N1 speed datum as a function flows through the potentiometric jet of the servo-valve to the low

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

of the signal transmitted by the ECU. pressure system. A modulated pressure, which is a function of
the flow, builds up; this pressure acts on the diaphragm, whose
Position position determines the required N1 speed datum.

Middle part, left side of the FCU. When the electrical current supplied by the electronic control
unit varies, the magnetic forces cause the flap valve to move,
Main characteristics which modifies the flow rate and thus the modulated pressure.

- Type: servo-valve with two windings The variation of the modulated pressure causes the diaphragm
to move; the position of the diaphragm is transmitted to the
- Input current: - 30 to + 30 mA (-17 to +17 mA in stabilised
electronic control unit by the position transmitter.
range)
- Modulated pressure: approx. 200 to 400 kPa (29 to 58 PSI). The current varies between -17 and +17 mA, which results in a
modulated pressure between max N1 and min N1. In case of a
total electric failure, the 0 mA determines a modulated pressure
Description of approximately 300 kPa (43.5 PSI) which corresponds to
The servo-valve is fitted on the left side of the FCU. It includes approximately 85% N1 (average power to continue the flight).
an electric stage and a hydraulic stage.
The electric stage includes a solenoid with two windings which
produce magnetic forces which are a function of the variable
current provided by the electronic control unit.
The hydraulic stage includes a flap valve which moves in front
of a potentiometric jet.

For training purposes only 7.30

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

SERVO-VALVE WINDINGS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

JET

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESSURE
REDUCING VALVE

N2 ELECTRONIC
N2* CONTROL
XCP UNIT FLAP
VALVE

400 kPa
L.P. N1
(58 PSI)

85% N1
300 kPa
(43.5 PSI)

FLAP
ISV
VALVE
200 kPa
(29 PSI) -17 0 +17 mA

CONTROL SERVO-VALVE
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.31
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
Description
POSITION TRANSMITTER
The transmitter includes:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function - 1 primary winding supplied by a reference voltage provided

by the ECU
The transmitter transmits the position of the N1 datum to the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- 2 secondary windings
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ECU for the speed control circuit.

- A moving core controlled by the displacement of the N1 datum
diaphragm.
Position
At the rear upper part of the FCU.
Operation
When the datum diaphragm is in the position equivalent to 85%
Main characteristics N1, the core is in the neutral position.

- Type: Linear Voltage Differential Transducer The magnetic field is equal in the two secondary windings and
the AC voltages that they produce are equal.
- Current:
• Primary: constant frequency and amplitude (supplied by When the core moves out of the neutral position, one secondary
the ECU) voltage increases whilst the other decreases.
• Secondary: frequency equal to the primary supply with Thus, by the direction of the signal variation and the calculation
variable amplitude. of the voltage difference, the direction and magnitude of
displacement is known.
Note: The position transmitter is also called PPNG for NG
Piston Position. It should be noted that two adjustments can be made on the
transmitter. The position of the moving core in relation to the
diaphragm can be adjusted by a SLOPE screw and a ZERO
screw.

For training purposes only 7.32

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

POSITION ADJUSTING SCREW

TRANSMITTER (SLOPE)

ADJUSTING SCREW

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(ZERO)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N2 ELECTRONIC
N2* CONTROL
XPC UNIT

SIGNAL
PROCESSING
(ECU)
PPNG characteristics
offset by "zero" SECONDARY
WINDINGS
VD Initial PPNG
MOVING CORE N1 DATUM
characteristics
DIAPHRAGM

PRIMARY
WINDING

N1 DATUM LEVER
DIAPHRAGM
PPNG characteristics
offset by "slope"

Helicopter battery Engine being cranked

switched on (diaphragm: max. stop)
(diaphragm: min. stop)

POSITION TRANSMITTER
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.33
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
Operation
MANUAL CONTROL
The main positions are:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function - Stop (0° to 7°). The two valves are closed, the metering
needles are closed
The FCU manual control is used for starting, shut-down and
- Starting (12° to 23°). The main valve is partially open, the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

emergency control.
metering needles are closed
Position - Reduction notch (30°). The main valve is partially open, the
metering needles open under the cam action
- In the system: between the pump and the metering unit
- Flight (52°). The main valve is fully open, the metering needles
- On the FCU: left side of the FCU. are released.
We can also note:
Main characteristics
- The manual starting range (7° to 52°)
- Type: mechanical lever and rotating valves - The "emergency +" range (62° to 90°). The auxiliary valve
- Graduation: 0° to 90°. opens progressively (the main valve remains fully open)
- The "emergency -" range (52° to reduction notch). The main
Description valve closes progressively.

The lever operates two valves and a cam.
The main valve is located on the supply line to the metering
needles.
The auxiliary valve is located in by-pass of the main metering
needles.
The cam acts on the lever system of the acceleration controller
(metering needle control).
The control lever moves in front of a graduated plate.
Note 1: The reduction notch allows the engine to be reduced
to the idle rating (no power supplied) during OEI mode
training or during the checking of the Max. N1 stop of
the other engine or to stabilise engine before shut-
down.
Note 2: The "emergency +" and "emergency -" ranges allow
manual control of the engine in the event of a control
system failure.
Note 3: In manual starting, the hold-in system is not available.

For training purposes only 7.34

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

SWIVEL POINT MAIN AUXILIARY

VALVE VALVE 52° (flight)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

0°
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

90°

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

START
SERVO-VALVE
CAM
(adjustable)

METERING
NEEDLES MAIN AUXILIARY
GRADUATED VALVE VALVE
PLATE
THROTTLE EMERGENCY +
LEVER 62 to 90°

FLIGHT
52°

ACCELERATION
(and EMERGENCY-)

STARTING
12 to 23°
REDUCTION
STOP
NOTCH
0 to 7°
30°

MANUAL CONTROL
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.35
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION LIMITATIONS Operation
Function Acceleration limitation

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The controller limits fuel flow variations in order to prevent Under stabilised conditions, there is a clearance between
compressor surge during acceleration and flame-out during the fork and the acceleration needle (S1). The position of the
very rapid deceleration. S1 needle is determined by the working piston of the governor,

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

and the position of the S2 metering needle by the fork.

Position
Rear middle part of the FCU. Under load increase transient conditions, the governor
"responds" and the working piston moves rapidly. Under the
Main characteristics action of its spring, the S1 metering needle opens to abutment of
- Type: mechanical the fork. This displacement represents the instant flow increase,
- Control: acceleration and deceleration. which initiates the acceleration. Then the subsequent increase
in the P2 pressure causes the capsule to contract; this causes
Description the S1 and S2 metering needles to open progressively. Thus
Main components: the engine accelerates as a function of the P2 increase to avoid
- Acceleration metering needle (S1) and deceleration metering compressor surge.
needle (S2)
Deceleration limitation
- Aneroid capsule, which is subjected to the compressor
discharge pressure (P2) Under load decrease transient conditions, the governor also
- Barostatic device; diaphragm subjected to atmospheric responds very rapidly and the S1 acceleration needle closes.
pressure (P0) However, a certain quantity of parallel flow is maintained by
- Lever mechanism which links the capsule movement to the the S2 deceleration needle which closes only after expansion
metering needle control. The end of one lever is forked, and of the capsule due to the P2 reduction.
the control plunger of the acceleration metering needle moves This controlled flow decrease prevents flame-out, which might
in this fork occur on very rapid deceleration.
- Cam: actuated by the control lever, it maintains the metering
needles closed during starting
- The forked lever acts directly on the deceleration metering
needle.

For training purposes only 7.36

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

WORKING CLEARANCE
CAM PISTON
S1 ACCELERATION
WORKING METERING NEEDLE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

PISTON CAM
P2 CAPSULE
S1 ACCELERATION

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

METERING NEEDLE

S2 DECELERATION
METERING NEEDLE

ACCELERATION
CURVE
FORK WF (l/h)

580

DECELERATION
WF = S1 + S2 CURVE

P0
S2 DECELERATION
METERING NEEDLE
P2
BAROSTATIC LEVER
DEVICE MECHANISM Approx.
60
3 4.5 10.4 P2
CAPSULE
FUEL FLOW (WF) AS A FUNCTION OF
COMPRESSOR PRESSURE (P2)

ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION LIMITATIONS

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.37
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
DATUMS AND SPEED LIMITS
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Datums and limits of power turbine speed
The fixed speed datum (power turbine speed N2, and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
consequently rotor speed NR) is determined by the electronic
control box.
The variable speed datum is determined by the link with the
rotor collective pitch, which increases the datum according to
the collective pitch, in order to compensate the static droop and
advance the detection phase.
The link is realised using one potentiometer per engine which
gives the variable datum to the electronic control unit.
This datum increases proportionally with the pitch.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
Limits of gas generator speed
The gas generator rotation speed varies between two extreme
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
limits in order to adapt itself to the conditions. These limits
correspond to the governor stops.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Maximum speed
The maximum rotation speed is automatically limited by a
governor mechanical stop.
This stop corresponds to the 2 min. 30 sec. OEI rating. The effect
of fuel temperature on speed (due to the change in viscosity,
which changes the point of equilibrium of the hydromechanical
governor) is compensated by the capsule in order to obtain
the invariability of the N1 max. A slight variation is, however,
introduced; but this remains within precise limits.
Minimum speed
The minimum speed is also limited by the governor in order to
avoid too low speeds, which correspond to critical ratings. During
operation, this stop is practically never reached because, even
at a zero torque value, the compressor drive power requires a
higher speed.
7.38
CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL
UNIT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

N1*

ECU

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N2 N2*
(fixed datum)

ROTOR COLLECTIVE
PITCH CONTROL (θ)
ENGINE No. 2

N1 rpm
POTENTIOMETERS - THERMAL LIMIT
(variable datum
proportional to the pitch) 34000
- ADJUSTMENT RANGE
(102.4%)
FOR OEI 2 min. 30 sec.
33800 STOP
(101.8%)
33600
(101.2%)

- LOWER N1 LIMIT TO ENSURE POWER

AT OEI 2 min. 30 sec. RATING FUEL
TEMPERATURE
-50°C 0°C +15°C +50°C
(-58°F) (+32°F) (+59°F) (+122°F)

DATUMS AND SPEED LIMITS

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.39
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
Operation
FUEL FLOW LIMITS
Extreme values (max. and min. WF) are limited by fixed stops.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Description Transient limit values (max.) depend on acceleration controller

The maximum flow is determined by full opening of the metering slope.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

needles S1 + S2 for a given ∆P setting. This is a factory setting,

Under manual flow control (emergency control), the max. WF
which is actually an extreme power limit.
is limited to a lower value in order to avoid any overshoot.
The minimum flow (limit which prevents flame-out) is limited by
a stop on the deceleration metering needle (S2).
Note: Max. flow value can be reached in operation if particular
The transient fuel flow variation is limited, as described earlier, by conditions of ambient temperature and pressure are
the acceleration controller; this is in order to obtain an optimum met. In this case, the max. N1 reached can be lower
acceleration without compressor surge. This acceleration also than the value determined by the max. N1 stop.
determines the response time of the system. The slope of the
controller is adjustable, but the adjustment is carried out only
in the workshop, on a test bench.

For training purposes only 7.40

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

WF
AUXILIARY Max. flow
VALVE (S1 + S2 fully open)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Emergency
max. flow
S1

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(acceleration metering needle)

Acceleration
controller
S2 Min. flow max. flow slope
(deceleration (S1 closed + S2 at stop)
metering needle) Stabilised flow line
Mini. flow
(S1 + S2 fully closed)
P2

N1 rpm Max. N1
envelope

1
1A

1A
Flow limit
according to P0

CONTROLLER SLOPE
ADJUSTMENT

Fuel
temperature

FUEL FLOW LIMITS

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.41
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
OVERSPEED PROTECTION
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
This protection system is essentially design for a power shaft
failure which would cause a very rapid acceleration which could
not be contained by the control unit. This system provides
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
automatic shut-down of the engine in the event of power turbine
overspeed. The system requires a very quick response and a
high reliability.
It includes two speed sensors F'2 and F'3, a card in the electronic
control unit and the overspeed and drain valve.
Overspeed safety card
Rearmed normal position
By pressing the push-button, the S’ coil of the S-S’ bi-stable
relay is electrically supplied and the system returns to "normal"
position:
- Continuous supply of the overspeed light
- Inhibition of the flasher
- Inhibition of the overspeed electro-valve
- Closing of the negative circuit of the accessory relay (M)
- Closing of the cross monitoring circuit of the other engine.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
Overspeed position (N2 > 120%)
The detection is ensured by two detectors, one provides the
positive and the other the negative to the relay V through the
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
auxiliary contacts of the other ECU (cross monitoring).
When the relay V is energised, it permits the supply of the relay
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
S-S' which moves the 6 contacts to the overspeed position:
- Relay X is suppled to prevent the illumination of the indicating
light during engine shut-down
- Supply of the flasher (the indicating light flashes)
- Supply of the overspeed electro-valve (immediate engine
shut-down)
- Start inhibition
- Inhibition of the other engine's overspeed system.
Test
There are two types of test on this system:
- Automatic test: the indicating light is illuminated when the
system is energised and goes out when the engine reaches
25% N2, if 2 signals are present
- Periodic test: this is operated with the engine stopped. The
test push-button is pressed and the failure or correct indicating
light comes on at the end of the test.
7.42
CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

POWER PHONIC MAX. TRQ

FLASHER
TURBINE WHEELS
RELAY CARD OVERSPEED CARD
OVERSPEED
INDICATING LIGHT F'2

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

N2 > 25%
X

REARMING F'3

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PUSH-BUTTON N2 > 25%

N2 SPEED
SENSORS
N2 = 120%

+
START S' S V
PUSH-BUTTON N2 =120%

OVERSPEED
M AND DRAIN
VALVE
N2
TEST

OVERSPEED
120
CROSS
MONITORING RELAYS NOMINAL SPEED
V and S 100
ENGINE 2
TEST
LOGIC
TO OTHER ENGINE'S
ECU 25
TEST
TEST POINTS REARMED NORMAL POSITION 0

OVERSPEED PROTECTION
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.43
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
TWIN-ENGINE CONFIGURATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Principle of load sharing

Under normal conditions, the helicopter rotor is driven by the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

power turbines of the two engines; consequently:

NR = k N2 eng 1 = k N2 eng 2

As the speed signals received by the two governors are identical

(which is also true for collective pitch signals), they determine
identical N1 settings which are sent to the gas generator
governors, which meter the flows in order to keep them constant.

As the power is closely linked to the N1 speed, and as the

power turbine efficiency varies little from one turbine to another,
a good load share is obtained.

Single engine operation

In this case, the engine which is running supplies the power,
and the stopped engine is uncoupled by the free wheel.

For training purposes only 7.44

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

NR = k N2 eng 1 = k N2 eng 2

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

MAIN
GEARBOX HELICOPTER

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ROTOR

COLLECTIVE
PITCH

FREE WHEELS
POWER
TURBINE

GAS
GENERATOR
N2
POWER TURBINE
GOVERNOR WF

GAS
GENERATOR
N1 GOVERNOR

N1*

TWIN-ENGINE CONFIGURATION
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.45
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL

DESCRIPTION
Operation
TRAINING MODE
When training mode is selected (using the selector on the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The training mode allows the failure of an engine to be simulated removable unit), the "Training" indicator light comes on. After
for training purposes. Since the OEI ratings must only be used in TU 190, the "Training" indicator light on the "32 alpha" warning
the event of the actual failure of an engine, a special operating panel also comes on.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

mode allows pilots to train for this situation by limiting the gas
generator rotation speed (N1) to a value less than or equal to
Max. Take-Off Power (MTOP).
Description
The left-hand engine is made to simulate a failure by moving the
throttle lever back to the reduction notch. In this configuration,
it supplies no power and its power drive is uncoupled
(desynchronised) from the corresponding MGB input.

The equipment includes:
- A removable unit to be installed in the console. It includes a
"Normal/Training" selector and a "Training" indicator light.
- A removable label to be placed on the throttle lever of the
right-hand engine
The right-hand engine then supplies the necessary power on its
own. To prevent any limit exceedance, the Training LPG card
(before TU 190) or the Training MCP LPG card (after TU 190)
limits the max. N1 of this engine to a derated value, which is
lower than the max. N1 at MTOP.

Before TU 190: To carry out a training flight, it is necessary to

remove the LPG card from the right-hand ECU and replace it
with a Training LPG card.

Note: It is mandatory to put the LPG card back in place for all
operations other than the training flight.

After TU 190: The LPG card in the ECU is permanently replaced

by the Training MCP LPG card. The associated airframe
modification consists of adding a "Training" indicator light to
the "32 alpha" warning panel.

For training purposes only 7.46

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

THROTTLE LEVER

TRAINING INDICATOR LABEL N1 rpm

(after TU 190)
TRAINING

REMOVABLE UNIT
TRAINING

NORMAL MTOP

REMOVABLE OEI TRAINING 2 min. 30 sec. rating

UNIT

θ
TRAINING LPG
CARD or TRAINING
VNTL
MCP LPG CARD
(TU 190)

FUEL
TEMPERATURE

TRAINING MODE
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.47
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION
FAILURE PROCESSING
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Failure analysis is made easier by the Electronic Control Unit
self-test system.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Failures causing a loss of redundancy (N2 measurement and
internal electrical supply) illuminate the "GOV / REG" warning
light (amber).
Control system calculation anomalies (N2*, Vθ, VCp and VD)
illuminate the POWER (PWR) warning light (red).
It should be noted that the POWER (PWR) warning light can
be supplied by the POWER LOSS circuit (aircraft circuit).
The illumination order of the warning lights: POWER and DIFF
NG or DIFF NG and POWER can help to determine the defect
origin (electronic or hydromechanical) of the anomaly.
GOV / REG light
- Failure of the main supply (light is locked "ON" engine after
shut-down)
Note: The 3 auxiliary sources provide the necessary power
supply, except to the CVD, Start N and Start T4 cards.
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013
or
- Failure of one N2 signal: sensor, F/V converter, auxiliary
supply or comparator defect (warning is turned off below
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
45% N2 (before TU 203) or 80% N2 (after TU 203).
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Note: After TU 250: the 65% N1 backup law becomes
reversible if the three N2 channels become consistent
and greater than 80% N2 again (both 2 conditions are
necessary). The "GOV / REG" light remains irreversible
and the 65% N1 backup law activation (TU 203) remains
unchanged.
POWER light
- Anomaly of anticipator signal or
- Anomaly of N2 datum signal or
- Anomaly of N1 datum signal (VCp) or
- Anomaly of diaphragm position signal (VD) or
- Anomaly of error signal (VCp-VD).
Note: Certain anomalies also result in the activation of an
"electrical failure back-up law" which will supply an N1
of approximately 85%.
TU 241 has made this law reversible.
7.48
CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

F1 F2 F3
MAIN POWER
SUPPLY

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

F/V
CONVERTERS

Vθ
V1 V2 V3

+
VNTL - Vε VCp mA
S A B SV
+

VD
INHIBITION IF VNTL*
N2 < 45%
HYDROMECHANICAL
(before TU 203) PPNG
N1*
N2 < 80%
(after TU 203)

POWER LIGHT (PWR)

"GOV / REG" LIGHT

FAILURE PROCESSING
CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.49
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT -

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Electronic control box outputs
ECU INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
To the aircraft

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Electronic control box inputs

- "Power loss" control unit
From the aircraft

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Indicating lights
- 28 V supplies (main, secondary, overspeed) • Bleed valve off-set threshold
• Overspeed arming
- Bleed valve off-set threshold
• Redundancy and minor failure
- Overspeed rearming and test • Major failure
• Overspeed test
- Collective pitch (anticipator)
- Start relay.
- OEI training selector.
To the engine
From the engine
- Start servo-valve
- Position of the N1 datum diaphragm (PPNG)
- Fuel control servo-valve
- N1 speed (x 1)
- Bleed valve solenoid valve (off-set)
- N2 speed (x 6)
- Overspeed electro-valve
- T4 temperature.
- PPNG supply.
From other ECB
From other ECB
- Overspeed cross inhibition.
- Overspeed cross inhibition.

For training purposes only 7.50

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

28 V AIRCRAFT SUPPLY CIRCUIT -

SUPPLIES

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

M S O
A E V
I C E
N O R
N S

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

D P
AIRCRAFT A E ENGINE
R E
Y D

- BLEED VALVE OFF-SET THRESHOLD - N1 DATUM DIAPHRAGM POSITION (PPNG)

- OVERSPEED REARMING TEST ECU - N1 SPEED (x 1)
(ENGINE 1) - N2 SPEED (x 6)
- COLLECTIVE PITCH (anticipator)
- OEI TRAINING SELECTOR - T4 TEMPERATURE

- START SERVO-VALVE
- "POWER LOSS" CONTROL UNIT - FUEL CONTROL SERVO-VALVE
- INDICATING LIGHTS - BLEED VALVE SOLENOID VALVE (OFF-SET)
- START RELAY - OVERSPEED ELECTRO-VALVE
- PPNG SUPPLY

OVERSPEED CROSS INHIBITION

(FROM OTHER ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT)

ECU
(ENGINE 2)

ECU INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
For training purposes only 7.51
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

GENERAL OPERATION
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM

The complete system includes all the components necessary

for the supply, filtering, control and metering of the fuel.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Fuel pump

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Fuel filter

Pressure reducing valve

Manual control

N2 power turbine control servo-valve

Position transmitter

N1 speed governor

Acceleration controller

Metering unit

For training purposes only 7.52

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL FUEL Start

FILTER PUMP injectors

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

ELECTRONIC
N2 POWER CONTROL
TURBINE CONTROL UNIT

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SERVO-VALVE

START
INJECTOR
Pressure reducing P2 ELECTRO-VALVE
N1 datum
valve
diaphragm
Valves

Cam
N1 SPEED N1
GOVERNOR MANUAL
CONTROL

Constant ∆P
valve
POSITION
TRANSMITTER
Start
servo-valve
Flap
valve
P0 P2
Working Centrifugal
piston injection wheel

ACCELERATION Metering Overspeed Pressurising Drain valve

CONTROLLER needles electro-valve valve (purge/supply)

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM

GENERAL OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.53
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

GENERAL OPERATION
STARTING ACCELERATION - STABILISED RATING

Operation during starting Operation during acceleration

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Start selection The acceleration is obtained by moving the throttle lever from
- The electrical power is on the "start" position to the "flight" position:
- The main valve opens progressively,

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- The start servo-valve is set to 2 mA

- The cam changes the acceleration controller setting
- The booster pump operates
- The start servo-valve closes progressively.
- The throttle lever is set to the start position
- The start push-button is pressed. The fuel flow (not determined by the starting device, but by
the Fuel Control Unit) increases, N1 increases, N2 increases
Sequence (according to the applied load).
- The starter and ignition are energised, the start injector
electro-valve is energised "open" When N2 reaches its nominal value, the control system operates
(N2 governor → N1 governor → WF).
- N1 , fuel pressure : injector supply
- Fuel pressure > 220 kPa (31.9 PSI), pressurising valve opens: The nominal operating position (or flight position) is considered
injection wheel supply. Drain valve opens injection wheel really reached when the lever is "fully open" (52°). The main
supply valve is "open", and the flow is determined by the control system.

- WF according to N and T4 (starting device servo-valve)

- N1 approx. 45%: the starter and the ignition are cut-off,
the start injector electro-valve closes; and the injectors are
ventilated with P2 air
- N1 approx. 68%: idle control by the start servo-valve.

Note: The sequence can be stopped by carrying out a normal

shut-down: by returning the lever to "fully closed".

For training purposes only 7.54

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

P2
N1 (%)
P2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Flight idle (N2 100%)

80

Acceleration P2

Idle
68

Starting

0
time
P0 P2

STARTING - ACCELERATION - STABILISED RATING

GENERAL OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.55
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

GENERAL OPERATION
TRANSIENT RATING - LOAD INCREASE
Image of a load increase
- Rotor collective pitch increase
t = 0 - "Start". Collective pitch control
- The electronic system detects the pitch increase, the N2

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

decrease, and generates an mA signal for the servo-valve θ - The pitch increases
- The servo-valve closes its flap valve ; the leak decreases, W >W1
- The resisting torque becomes higher than the drive

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

the modulated pressure increases torque

- The diaphragm moves and sets an increased N1 datum N2 - The power turbine rotation speed decreases
- The gas generator governor flap valve closes, the leak G - The N2 governor detects the 2 signals and sends a
decreases, the modulated pressure increases datum value to the N1 governor which increases the
fuel flow WF
- The working piston moves, the metering valve opens to the
stop of the acceleration governor (instantaneous increase) WF - Instantaneous flow step
- The flow increases, P2 increases, the governor enables P2 - The compressor outlet pressure increases
the acceleration to continue: the ∆P tends to decrease, but AC - The acceleration controller enables the acceleration to
the constant ∆P valve closes in order to return the ∆P to its continue
nominal value
Combustion - The fuel flow WF to the combustion chamber
- The power supplied by the gas generator increases and increases
balances the required torque; the nominal N2 is restored,
and the complete system returns to equilibrium. N1 - Increases, the output power W increases, the N2 speed
stops decreasing and returns to its nominal value when
the equilibrium between torques, W1 = W, is achieved

t < 4 seconds End of transient

For training purposes only 7.56

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

NR

α
t=0

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

P2
θ
P2 t<4
N2 W1 > W

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

W = W1 N2

N2 G
P2
W WF

N1 P2

AC
Combustion

WF

IMAGE OF A LOAD INCREASE

P0 P2
TRANSIENT RATING
LOAD INCREASE
(operation, image of the control
system loop, evolution of parameters)

TRANSIENT RATING - LOAD INCREASE

GENERAL OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.57
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

GENERAL OPERATION
TRANSIENT RATING - LOAD DECREASE
Image of load decrease
- Rotor collective pitch decrease
t = 0 - "Start". Collective pitch movement

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- The electronic system detects the pitch decrease and the N2

increase, and generates an mA signal for the servo-valve θ - The pitch decreases
W1 < W - The resisting torque becomes lower than the drive

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- The servo-valve opens its flap valve; the leak increases, the
modulated pressure decreases
- The diaphragm moves and defines a decreased N1 datum
which is sent to the ECU
- The working piston moves and closes the metering valve
torque
N2 - The power turbine rotation speed increases
G - The governor detects and decreases the fuel flow WF
AC - The acceleration controller enables the deceleration to
continue according to the P2 compressor pressure

- The flow decreases, P2 decreases, the governor limits the Combustion - The fuel flow WF to the combustion chamber
deceleration through the 2nd metering needle, as a function decreases
of P2; the ∆P tends to increase, but the valve operates in
order to return the constant ∆P to its value N1 - Decreases, the output power W decreases, the N2
speed returns to its nominal value
- The power supplied by the gas generator decreases and
adapts itself to the required torque; the nominal N2 is restored, t < 4 seconds End of transient
and the complete system returns to equilibrium.

For training purposes only 7.58

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

NR

α
t=0

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

P2
θ
t<4
P2
N2 W1 < W

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

W1 = W N2

N2 G
P2
W WF

N1 P2

AC
Combustion

WF

IMAGE OF A LOAD DECREASE

P0 P2
TRANSIENT RATING
LOAD DECREASE
(operation, image of the control
system loop, evolution of parameters)

TRANSIENT RATING - LOAD DECREASE

GENERAL OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.59
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

GENERAL OPERATION
ENGINE SHUT-DOWN - MANUAL STARTING -
MANUAL ENGINE CONTROL Operation in a manual engine control
In case of a fuel control failure, it is possible to achieve the
Operation during engine shut-down

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

engine control in the conventional way.

- Deceleration by means of the throttle lever, from "flight"
position to rapid reduction notch,
- Insufficient fuel flow: the control lever is moved to the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

emergency range (62° - 90°), the auxiliary valve opens and

- When the lever is moved, it acts on the FCU (acceleration
controller) and on the flow metering needles (S1+S2),
- When the N1 descends below 71%, the start servo-valve
opens and controls the fuel flow to stabilise the idle speed
- The lever is set to the "stop" position (fully closed), the valve
is completely "shut", the engine stops (N1, N2, T4 decrease),
fuel by-passes the control system (limited max. flow),
- Excessive fuel flow (or instability): the control lever is moved
to the starting range (52° - 30°), the main valve closes (the
auxiliary valve obviously remains closed).
In a twin-engine configuration, the defective engine is set to a
fixed power; the other engine adapts to the conditions.

- The drain and overspeed valve moves to the drain position

(the fuel is cut-off and the injection wheel is purged). Note: The reduction notch allows the engine to be reduced
to the idle rating (no power supplied) during OEI mode
Operation during manual starting training or during the checking of the Max. N1 stop of
- To carry out a manual start, the starting device has to be the other engine or to stabilise engine before shut-down.
closed manually,
- The fuel flow is then not determined by the start servo-valve
but by the throttle lever position,
- The start push-button is kept pressed until approximately
45% N1,
- The throttle lever is then displaced until the nominal governed
speed is reached.
Note: There is no governed idle speed.

For training purposes only 7.60

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

P2

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

P2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2

P0 P2

ENGINE SHUT-DOWN - MANUAL STARTING - MANUAL ENGINE CONTROL

GENERAL OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.61
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE

MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.
Refer to the Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection after the last flight of the day

- Inspection before the first flight of the day

- "Pre-flight" inspections

- "Post-flight" inspections.

Compulsory maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out to meet the

Airworthiness regulations.

Recommended maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer

which must be carried out, although they do not directly affect
the flight safety.

For training purposes only 7.62

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(refer to MM, chapter 05)

COMPULSORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Fuel control unit control

• Check the setting Chap. 73
- Acceleration control rod (pre TU 212A)
• Check the condition Chap. 73

- Run-up preceded by cranking Chap. 71

- Governed idle
• Check the two supply channels of the
power turbine electronic control unit Chap. 73
- Check OEI 2 min. 30 sec. rating during a
flight Chap. 73
- Electronic control unit Chap. 73
• Visual check
• Operational check
- PPNG sensor
• Insulation test Chap. 73

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 7.63
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE

MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in

the event of an operating anomaly).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 7.64

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
(non-exhaustive list)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- CFT supply and/or a main supply Chap. 73 - ECU installed on the aircraft Chap. 73
• Removal / installation • Test
- Electronic control unit Chap. 73 - Electronic control unit static on helicopter Chap. 73

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation of a card • Test

- Power turbine electronic control unit two - Electronic control unit dynamic on
supply ways Chap. 73 helicopter Chap. 73
• Check • Test
- Fuel control unit control Chap. 73 - Electronic control unit workshop
• Check of setting serviceability Chap. 73
- Cam of fuel control unit (post TU 115) Chap. 73 • Check
• Check of adjustment - Fuel control unit Chap. 73
- Acceleration control unit link circlip • Check and adjustment of static droop line
(pre TU 212A) Chap. 73 - Electronic control unit Chap. 73
• Check of condition • Inspection of condition
- PPNG sensor Chap. 73 - OEI 2 min. 30 sec. rating Chap. 73
• Check • Inspection and adjustment
- OEI 2 min. 30 sec. rating (helicopters with a
VMS) Chap. 73
• Inspection and adjustment

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 7.65
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

8 - MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Measurement and indicating systems - Presentation........................ 8.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Speed measurement and indicating system....................................... 8.4

- T4 measurement and indicating system.............................................. 8.10
- Torque measurement and indicating system...................................... 8.16
- "Power loss" indication......................................................................... 8.18
- Miscellaneous indications.................................................................... 8.22
- Measurement and indicating systems - 1st line maintenance ......... 8.30 - 8.33

(XX-XX-XX): Reference of pages which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 8.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEMS - PRESENTATION
Note: Refer to the various systems for their description and
Functions operation.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The measurement and indicating systems perform the following

functions:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Check that the engine is operating within its defined limits

- Signal failures or abnormal changes in parameters
- Check certain operating phases.

Note: A distinction is made between control parameters (N1

and torque) and monitoring parameters (N2, T4, oil
pressure and temperature).

Miscellaneous measurement and indicating

systems
- Gas generator (N1) rotation speed
- Power turbine (N2) rotation speed
- Gas temperature (T4)
- Engine torque
- Lubrication system
- Power loss system
- Miscellaneous (indicator lights and monitoring devices).

For training purposes only 8.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUNCTIONS

- Check that the engine is operating

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

within its defined limits

- Signal failures or abnormal changes

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

in parameters

- Check certain operating phases

N1 SPEED T4 GAS
TEMPERATURE

MISCELLANEOUS
(indicator lights and
monitoring devices)

LUBRICATION N2 SPEED
SYSTEM

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS - PRESENTATION

For training purposes only 8.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEM
General operation
GENERAL
The gas generator rotation speed (N1) signal is used for:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function - Starting control and bleed valve control in off-set mode

Two indicating systems measure the rotation speeds of the gas

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Indication (N1)
generator (N1) and the power turbine (N2).
- Engine monitoring (power loss).
Main characteristics
The power turbine rotation speed (N2) signal is used for:
- Type: phonic wheel and electromagnetic sensor
- Engine control (speed control loop and overspeed protection)
- Sensor signal: frequency proportional to the rotation speed.
- Indication (associated with the NR rotation speed indication)

Main components - Engine monitoring (power loss).

- N1 speed sensor

- N2 speed sensors

- Connections with the electronic control unit

- Connections with the indicator.

For training purposes only 8.4

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Firewall
INSTRUMENT PANEL ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

INDICATION POWER
LOSS
N1 ELECTROMAGNETIC

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N1 SENSOR AND
Gas generator PHONIC WHEEL
rotation speed

BLEED VALVE

STARTING

SPEED CONTROL
LOOP

OVERSPEED
PROTECTION

POWER
N2 Power turbine LOSS
N2 ELECTROMAGNETIC
rotation speed SENSORS AND
+ NR signal PHONIC WHEELS
NR rotation speed

GENERAL
SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEM
Operation
N1 SPEED SENSOR
The rotation of the phonic wheel (starter drive gear) produces

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function a pseudo-sinusoidal alternating voltage in the sensor.

The sensor constantly measures the rotation speed of the gas The frequency of this alternating voltage is proportional to the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

generator. rotation speed and the number of teeth on the phonic wheel.

Number of teeth x speed N (rpm)

Position F (Hz) =
60
- On the accessory gearbox.
At 33200 rpm (N1), the frequency is 7782.08 Hz.
Main characteristics
The outputs from the N1 sensor are transmitted to the speed
- Type: electromagnetic indicator on the instrument panel, to the electronic control unit
and to the "Power Loss" control box.
- Quantity: 1 double sensor
- Phonic wheel: starter drive gear
- Double sensor: two equal frequencies F and F' (7782.08 Hz
for 33200 rpm)

Description
- Phonic wheel (in the accessory gearbox, on the starter
generator drive gear)
- Sensor body
- Electrical connector (connection with ECU for starting and
off-set solenoid; direct connection with speed indicator and
power loss unit).

For training purposes only 8.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Type:

- Connection with ECU Electromagnetic
- Connection with indicator and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

power loss unit Quantity:

1 double sensor

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SENSOR Phonic wheel:

Starter drive gear
PHONIC WHEEL (d)
Signal:
PHONIC WHEEL
7782.08 Hz for 33200 rpm
N1
MAGNET

COIL (F) F= Nxd

60

PRINCIPLE OF SPEED MEASUREMENT

N1 SIGNAL FOR THE

"POWER LOSS" SYSTEM

N1

DUAL SENSOR
INDICATOR
ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT

N1 SPEED SENSOR
SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEM - Sensor bodies and harnesses

N2 SPEED SENSORS - Covers and clamps

- Electrical connector (connection with electronic control unit,
Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

power loss indication and power turbine rotation speed

The sensors measure the power turbine rotation speed. indication).
Position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Power turbine shaft. Operation

Main characteristics The rotation of the phonic wheel (power turbine shaft) produces
a pseudo-sinusoidal alternating voltage in the sensor.
- Type: electromagnetic
- Quantity: 2 identical triple sensors (interchangeable) The frequency of this alternating voltage is proportional to the
rotation speed and the number of teeth on the phonic wheel.
- 3 phonic wheels: on the power turbine shaft
- Signal at 100% N2: For 22850 rpm (100% N2), the frequency (F1) is 13710 Hz for
the power turbine speed indication.
• 13710 Hz for F1 and F1'
• 17900 Hz for F2 and F2' The outputs from the N2 sensors are transmitted:
• 20946 Hz for F3 and F3'. - To the electronic control unit which distributes:
Description • F1 - F2 - F3: power turbine speed control,
• F2' - F3': power turbine overspeed protection,
- Phonic wheels (in module M05): number of teeth of the phonic
wheels: • F1': output to the power loss system and cockpit
indication.
• Front wheel: 47 teeth (F2)
• Central wheel: 36 teeth (F1)
• Rear wheel: 55 teeth (F3)

For training purposes only 8.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MOUNTING CLAMP COVER MOUNTING CLAMPS SUPPORT

(linking tube)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SENSORS SUPPORT A
(linking tube)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Electromagnetic
SENSOR
Quantity:
2 identical triple sensors
(interchangeable)
A - A'
3 phonic wheels:
On power turbine shaft A'
PHONIC WHEEL PHONIC WHEELS

Signal (100% N2):

F1 = F1' = 13710 Hz
F2 = F2' = 17900 Hz F1
F3 = F3' = 20946 Hz POWER
TURBINE F2
SPEED
CONTROL
F3
ELECTRONIC ELECTROMAGNETIC
POWER LOSS
CONTROL UNIT SENSORS
CONTROL
F2'
UNIT POWER
TURBINE
F3'
OVERSPEED
F1'
INDICATION
AIRCRAFT/ENGINE HARNESS PLUG

N2 SPEED SENSORS
SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

T4 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEM
General operation
GENERAL
The gas temperature (T4) is an operating parameter, particularly

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function during engine starting.

This system provides an indication of the gas temperature (T4) The signal from the thermocouples is used for:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

at the gas generator turbine outlet.

- Engine control (starting fuel flow control)

Main characteristics - Indication.

- Type: pyrometric device with thermocouple probes The junction box provides the connection point between the
thermocouples, the indicator and the electronic control unit.
- Indication: degree Celsius.

Main components
- Probes

- Junction box

- Indicator

Description
Refer to following pages.

For training purposes only 8.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

THERMOCOUPLE PROBES ELECTRONIC CONTROL

UNIT

JUNCTION STARTING FUEL

BOX FLOW CONTROL

T°

T4 TEMPERATURE MAIN CHARACTERISTICS

INDICATOR
Type:
Pyrometric device with F

thermocouple probes

Indication: START SERVO-VALVE

Degree Celsius

GENERAL
T4 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

T4 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEM
Functional description
THERMOCOUPLE PROBES
The thermocouple probes are identical. They are positioned in

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function the gas flow to give a homogeneous measurement.

The thermocouples (thermocouple probes) measure the gas Each probe contains a junction with Chromel and Alumel wires

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

temperature (T4) at the gas generator outlet. soldered together.

A thermocouple produces an electromotive force which is

Position proportional to the temperature difference between the hot and
cold junctions.
- On the gas generator outlet diffuser.
The electromotive force (in mV) is supplied, via the junction
box to:
Main characteristics
- Type: Chromel-Alumel - The electronic control unit (for start fuel flow control)
- Quantity: 4 probes - The gas temperature indicator (millivoltmeter graduated in
- Alumel conductor: magnetic, negative polarity degrees Celsius).
- Chromel conductor: non magnetic, positive polarity The probes are connected in parallel, thus the reading obtained
- Connection: to the junction box in parallel. is an average temperature.

Description
- For each probe:
• Probe (sheath and Chromel-Alumel junction)
• Securing nut
• Probe body
• Cable (connection with the junction box).

For training purposes only 8.12

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PROBE BODY
CABLE SECURING NUT
THERMOCOUPLE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

PROBES

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Chromel wire
ELECTROMOTIVE
FORCES AL SHEATH AND HOT JUNCTION
CR (Chromel, Alumel)
T° Alumel wire
INDICATOR
COLD JUNCTION HOT JUNCTION
(indicator temperature) (gas temperature)
THERMOCOUPLE PRINCIPLE
Type:
AL CR Chromel - Alumel
AL CR
Quantity:
4 probes
ECU
Alumel wire:
SHUNT Rsh Magnetic, negative polarity
Rh1 T4
Chromel wire:
Rh2 INDICATOR Non-magnetic, positive polarity

AL CR Connection:
AL CR THERMOCOUPLE PROBES To the junction box, in parallel

THERMOCOUPLE PROBES
T4 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

T4 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEM Inside the box are the connectors for:
T4 JUNCTION BOX - Chromel and Alumel wires (red and black connector blocks),
secured by screws

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function - The conformation resistors Rh1 and Rh2, secured by screws.

The junction box forms the interface between the thermocouples,

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

the indicator and between the thermocouples and the electronic Note: The jumper and the "shunt" resistor which are not used
control unit. on the aircraft, are suppressed by Mod. TU 121 A.
It also allows a corrected temperature (T4) indication for a given
turbine inlet temperature. Operation
The junction box provides the connection point between the
Position thermocouples, the electronic control unit and the indicator.
It contains resistors which enable a uniform T4 temperature
- On the upper part of the turbine casing. indication for a given turbine inlet temperature (T4 = k.T3), that
is to say T4 = 680°C (1256°F) for T3 = 960°C (1760°F).
Main characteristics
- Type: junction box with conformation resistors.

Description
The junction box is mounted on a bracket above the combustion
chamber casing, by means of securing screws.

It has:
- 4 thermocouple connectors
- 1 connection to the control harness.

For training purposes only 8.14

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

AL CR
AL CR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Electronic

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

For each
SHUNT control unit
Rsh control
(removed Indicator harness
by TU 121 A)
Rh1
Rh2

Type: THERMOCOUPLE
T4 JUNCTION AL CR CONNECTORS
BOX Junction box AL CR
with conformation
resistors
DUAL BLACK HARNESS
CONNECTOR BLOCK CONNECTOR

THERMOCOUPLE
CONNECTORS
HARNESS
CONNECTOR

MOUNTING
THERMOCOUPLE SCREW
PROBE
DUAL RED
CONNECTOR BLOCK Rh1 AND Rh2
CONFORMATION
RESISTORS

T4 JUNCTION BOX
T4 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEM
Functional description
Function The shaft torsion causes an angular displacement of a disc with

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

respect to another. This displacement is measured by a detector.

The system provides an indication of the engine torque. It is
located on the power transmission shaft in the main gearbox. There are two detectors: one per input shaft in the main gearbox.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

This system is supplied by the aircraft manufacturer and is only The module processes the detector signal which is sent to the
briefly mentioned. indicator.

Main characteristics The indicator simultaneously shows the values of the engine 1
torque and the total torque (position 1 + 2), or the torque values
- Type: phase displacement of each engine (position 1).

- Supply by the aircraft manufacturer (installed in the MGB)

Note: Refer to the aircraft manual for the maximum torque
limits for one or two engines.
Main components
- Two phonic wheels on the power transmission shaft into the
main gearbox (MGB)

- Detector

- Signal processing module (aircraft)

- Indicator.

For training purposes only 8.16

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PHONIC
Type : WHEELS
Phase displacement

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Supplied by the
aircraft manufacturer
(installed in the MGB)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TORQUE 2 TORQUE 1+2

(or 1)
POWER INPUT
SHAFT INTO THE
MAIN GEARBOX

50
40 60
DETECTOR SIGNAL PROCESSING INDICATOR
MODULE 30 70

20 80
1+2

10 90
0 100
1+2 110
%

TORQUE
MEASUREMENT

TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM

For training purposes only 8.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

"POWER LOSS" INDICATION

GENERAL

Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The system (aircraft manufacturer supplied) indicates a control

system failure or an operational failure. It basically consists of

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

a control unit which receives a certain number of signals and

outputs signals to a set of indicating lights.

Main characteristics
- Aircraft manufacturer's supply

Position
Refer to aircraft manual.

Description
- Input signals:
• N1 of engines 1 and 2
• N2 of engines 1 and 2
• NR of the main rotor
• P: signal of major failure (from electronic control unit)
- Outputs from the Control Unit:
• PWR (engines 1 and 2)
• DIFF Ng
• Test.

For training purposes only 8.18

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Aircraft manufacturer's
supply

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

ENGINE 1 ENGINE 2

N1 N2 N1 N2 NR (main rotor)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TEST

"POWER LOSS" CONTROL UNIT PWR.CPT

P (major failure) P (major failure)

FROM FROM
ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT 1 CONTROL UNIT 2
PWR.1 DIFF PWR.2
Ng

GENERAL
"POWER LOSS" INDICATION
For training purposes only 8.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

"POWER LOSS" INDICATION

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

The failure of an internal or external component (material or

functional) of the control system illuminates the GOV/REG

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

amber light or of the PWR red light, according to the failure

level (failure level discrimination: loss of redundancy, minor
failure or major failure).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

A difference between N2 and NR (N2 > NR: free wheel defect)

illuminates the PWR red light of the corresponding engine.

A significant difference between the Ng speeds illuminates the

DIFF Ng warning light. If the difference is followed by an NR
variation higher or less than a given threshold, the PWR red
light of the engine considered defective illuminates.

Note: When the fuel flow levers are on stop, the lights PWR.1,
PWR.2 and DIFF Ng are inhibited.

Refer to the aircraft documentation for more information.

For training purposes only 8.20

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

NTL 1>NR ∆Ng>S1 NTL 2>NR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC
E1 NR<S2 NR>S3 E2 CONTROL
CONTROL
UNIT 1 "DIFF Ng" UNIT 2

Ng1<Ng2 Ng1>Ng2 Ng1<Ng2 Ng1>Ng2

S1 = 2400 rpm
(approx. 7.3%)
S2 = 250 rpm
S3 = 285 rpm

"PWR 2"
"PWR.1"

TEST
AUTO-TEST

"GOV/REG" "GOV/REG"

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
"POWER LOSS" INDICATION
For training purposes only 8.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
GENERAL

Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The miscellaneous indications provide information on the engine

operation.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Main components
- Sensors and engine accessories (refer to corresponding
chapters for more information)

- Electronic control unit

- Instruments and indicators on the instrument panel:

• Indicators
• Instruments (particularly the ∆Ng and the gas generator
speed indicator).

For training purposes only 8.22

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Firewall

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT

SENSORS AND ACCESSORIES

LIGHTS AND INSTRUMENTS

(instrument panel)

AIRFRAME ENGINE

GENERAL
MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
For training purposes only 8.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
WARNING LIGHTS AND INDICATORS
Indicators
There are several warning lights and indicators which give
information about the engine operation. They are the following. - N1 speed

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- N2 speed
Warning lights

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- T4 gas temperature
- Low oil pressure
- Oil pressure
- Magnetic particles
- Oil temperature
- Compressor bleed valve position (flag)
- Torque (aircraft manufacturer's supply).
- Bleed valve off-set threshold

- Overspeed indication

- Redundancy failure and minor control system failure (GOV/

REG)

- Training mode

- Control system major failure (PWR)

- Difference indication (DIFF Ng)

- Fault light during control unit test (PWR.CPT).

For training purposes only 8.24

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Firewall N1 SPEED
Ng N1
Low oil pressure E
N
Magnetic particles G

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

I
Compressor bleed valve position N
E

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIRCRAFT ENGINE N2 SPEED

N2
N2
Bleed valve off-set threshold
Overspeed indication
ELECTRONIC
Redundancy / minor control system failure CONTROL
(GOV/REG) UNIT
ELECTRONIC RSH C/C
Training mode CONTROL UNIT

GAS Ni.Cr
Ni.Al
TEMPERATURE T4
(T4) RH1
RH2
Major failure (PWR)
DIFF Ng POWER Ve
Fault light (PWR.CPT) LOSS OIL
PRESSURE Pr Vs
AND T°
TEMPERATURE Oil
T°

WARNING LIGHTS AND INDICATORS

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
For training purposes only 8.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
INSTRUMENT PANEL - ALARM AND WARNING
INDICATING LIGHT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Engine instrument panel

The engine instrument panel includes for each engine:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- N1 indicator

- T4 indicator

- Oil pressure and temperature double indicator

- POWER indicating light (PWR).

Alarm and warning indicating light

- Collective pitch indicator

- NR, N2 triple indicator

- Torque indicator

- Max. and min. NR indicating lights

- Alarm and warning indicating lights.

For training purposes only 8.26

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ALARM AND WARNING

INDICATING LIGHTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ENGINE
INSTRUMENT PANEL

Ng1 Ng2 Max.

NR
PWR.1 PWR.2 Warning
Coll. NR
Torque
pitch N2 1-2 Alarm
T4 T4
Min.
NR

Oil Pr
and T°
INSTRUMENT PANEL ALARM / WARNING INDICATING LIGHT

INSTRUMENT PANEL - ALARM AND WARNING INDICATING LIGHT

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
For training purposes only 8.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
WARNING PANEL 32α - CONTROL PANEL AND SUB
PANEL Control panel and sub panel
- BV indicating light: bleed-valve position (illuminated when

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Warning panel 32α the bleed valve is open)

This panel includes amber and red indicating lights: - OFF-SET indicating light: off-set threshold mode indication

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(illuminated when off-set threshold selected)

- Fuel indicating light: LP system failure indication (aircraft
filter pre-blockage for example)
- Throttle indicating light: indication when a throttle is not in
the FLIGHT notch
- REG or GOV indicating light: loss of redundancy indication
(ECB electrical supply or N2 channel)
- Dry crank selector: starter control without fuel supply

- Fire D indicating light: indication in case of the 1st or 2nd fire - Overspeed test: test logic control with norm/fail result
detection line failure
- OVSP indicating light: overspeed arming and releasing
- Diff NG indicating light: NG difference indication… refer to indicating light (flashes in this case). Push to rearm
POWER LOSS operation
- S1 - S2 defect indicating light: starter intensity overload
- Fire 1 and 2 indicating lights: fire indication indicating light (push to rearm) and S1 or S2 starter indicating
light (45% N1)
- Oil pressure 1 and 2 indicating lights: low oil pressure indication
- Power Loss test button: Power Loss test logic control.
- CHIP ENG 1 and 2 indicating light: indication in case of
engine magnetic particle detection (if TU 95)

- TRNG light: indication when control system is operating in

training mode (if TU 190).

For training purposes only 8.28

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TRNG BV FAIL
OVERSPEED BV
OVSP1 OVSP2
CHIP ENG 1 FUEL PWR.CPT DIFF Ng FIRE 1 FIRE 2 OFF-SET NORM TEST OFF-SET
CHIP ENG 2 THROTTLE OIL PRESS.1 OIL PRESS.2

D.INC

FAIL REG2
REG1
STARTER (GOV)
(GOV) S1 S2
POWER LOSS
DRY CRANK DRY CRANK TEST
RED INDICATING LIGHTS SELECTOR SELECTOR

ENGINE 1 COMMON ENGINE 2

AMBER INDICATING LIGHTS

Red indicating lights are connected to the "alarm" indicating light,

amber indicating lights to the "warning" indicating light PUSH-BUTTONS WITH
INDICATING LIGHTS
WARNING PANEL 32α
CONTROL PANEL AND
SUB-PANEL DETAIL

WARNING PANEL 32α - CONTROL PANEL AND SUB PANEL

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
For training purposes only 8.29
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEMS - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.
Refer to the Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection after the last flight of the day

- Inspection before the first flight of the day

- "Pre-flight" inspections

- "Post-flight" inspections.

Compulsory maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out to meet the

Airworthiness regulations.

Recommended maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer

which must be carried out, although they do not directly affect
the flight safety.

For training purposes only 8.30

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
(refer to MM, chapter 05)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SERVICING INSPECTIONS COMPULSORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

INSPECTION AFTER THE LAST FLIGHT OF THE DAY Pyrometric harness
- Check for condition and attachment of thermocouples • Inspection Chap. 77

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 8.31
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING

SYSTEMS - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in

the event of an operating anomaly).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 8.32

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non-exhaustive list)

- N1 speed sensor Chap. 77

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation
- N1 speed sensor harness Chap. 77
• Removal / installation
- N2 speed sensor Chap. 77
• Inspection
- N2 speed sensor harness Chap. 77
• Inspection
- Thermocouple harness Chap. 77
• Removal / installation
- Thermocouple and thermocouple harness Chap. 77
• Disconnection / connection
- Thermocouple harness Chap. 77
• Inspection / tests

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 8.33
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

9 - STARTING SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Starting system - Presentation............................................................. 9.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Starter..................................................................................................... 9.4
- Ignition system ...................................................................................... 9.6
- Starting system - Operation ................................................................. 9.8
- Starting system - 1st line maintenance .............................................. 9.12 - 9.15

(XX-XX-XX): Reference of pages which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 9.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

Function Main components

The starting system ensures starting (on the ground and in flight) The system includes the following components:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

and dry crank of the engine. It includes the following functions:

cranking, fuel supply, ignition and sequential control. - In the cockpit:
• Start push-button

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Dry crank push-button

Main characteristics
• Breakers
- Starting envelope: refer to the Flight Manual • Throttle lever

- Start duration: approx. 30 sec. - On the airframe:

• Starter contactor
- Max. crank time: 15 sec
• Accessory relay
- Stabilisation time before shut-down: • Electronic control Unit
• 1 min. if T0 > -10°C (14°F)
- On the engine:
• 2 min. if T0 < -10°C (14°F)
• Starter
- Run-down time: > 2 min. 10 sec. between 50% and 0%; • Ignition system
> 2 min. after TU 42 or 52; > 1 min. 55 sec. with both TU 42 • Start electro valve.
and 52

- Max. T4 during start: refer to Flight Manual

Note: Values given for information. Refer to official manuals.

For training purposes only 9.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Starting envelope:
Refer to the Flight Manual

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Start duration:
Approx. 30 sec.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Max. crank time: STARTER

15 sec. CONTACTOR
BREAKERS
STARTER
Stabilisation time before
shut-down:
• 1 min. if T0 > -10°C (14°F)
• 2 min. if T0 < -10°C (14°F)

Run-down time: START PUSH-

• > 2 min. 10 sec. BUTTON
between 50% and 0%
• > 2 min. after ACCESSORY IGNITION
TU 42 or 52 RELAY SYSTEM
• > 1 min. 55 sec.
with both TU 42 and 52
DRY CRANK
Max. T4 during start: PUSH-BUTTON
Refer to the Flight Manual

Microswitch
ELECTRONIC START
CONTROL UNIT ELECTRO VALVE
THROTTLE
LEVER

COCKPIT COMPONENTS AIRFRAME COMPONENTS ENGINE COMPONENTS

STARTING SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

For training purposes only 9.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

STARTER

Function Operation
The starter motor cranks the gas generator during starting and Engine cranking

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

dry crank.
When "START" is selected the starter contactor closes and
connects the aircraft DC bus bar to the starter.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position The starter then cranks the gas generator rotating assembly
- On a flange at the rear part of the accessory gearbox on the through the accessory drive train.
upper part of the air intake.
The torque on the starter shaft is inversely proportional to the
gas generator speed and will be higher when the atmospheric
Main characteristics temperature is low.
- Type: electric motor The gas generator rotation speed N1 increases up to self
sustaining speed (45% N1) at which point the torque becomes
- Supply: direct current on high intensity line. negative and the starter is no longer supplied (starter contactor
opening).
Description
After starting
The starter comprises the following components:
At the end of starting, the starter is disconnected from the
- Connection terminals
accessory drive gear by the free wheel.
- Rotor
- Stator
Note: The freewheel unit is an LRU.
- Brushes
- Cooling fan
- Drive shaft
The starter is mounted on a support which includes a free wheel.

For training purposes only 9.4

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

SUPPLY
Type: TERMINALS
Electric motor COVER

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Supply:
Direct Current on
SEAL high intensity line

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Drive
shaft MOUNTING
FREE WHEEL SUPPORT
FLANGE
START
TORQUE

LOW AMBIENT
+28
TEMPERATURE
VCC -

+D

+
0 SELF-SUSTAINING SPEED N1
STARTER SUPPLY
OPERATION

STARTER
For training purposes only 9.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

IGNITION SYSTEM
Function
Operation
This system ensures the ignition of the fuel sprayed by the start
injectors into the combustion chamber. The system is electrically energised from engine starting to

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

self-sustaining speed (45% of N1).

Position
The ignition unit is supplied with 28 VDC. It changes this to
All the ignition system components are fitted on the engine,

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

a high-energy current which is delivered to the igniter plugs
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

except the electrical supply circuit. through the ignition cables.

Ignition units: mounted on a bracket on the lower part of the
air intake casing.
Igniter plugs: beside the start injectors on each side of the
turbine casing.
The high energy current produced by the ignition unit is supplied
to the central electrode of the igniter plug. It discharges, across
the semi-conductor to the plug body causing a powerful spark.

Main characteristics
- Type: High Energy (HE)
- Supply voltage: 28 VDC
- Dual system:
• 2 ignition units
• 2 igniter plugs.

Description
The ignition system includes the following components:
- 2 ignition units
- 2 igniter plugs (surface-discharge type, incorporating a central
electrode insulated from the body, with semi-conductor at the
tip) with an ignition cable which connects the igniter plug to
the ignition unit.

For training purposes only 9.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Start
Type: injectors
High Energy (HE) IGNITER
PLUG

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Supply voltage:
28 VDC

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Dual system:
2 ignition units
2 igniter plugs

Electrical Electrical Combustion

output input chamber
connector connector Seal and
spacers IGNITER PLUG
External (x 2)
body
(-)

Spark
IGNITION Ignition
UNITS cable
(x 2)
Central
Mounting
electrode
screw
(+)
Insulator
Electrical
Semi-
connector
conductor

Bracket

IGNITION SYSTEM
For training purposes only 9.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM
OPERATION (1)
Crank cycle
This section deals with the operating sequences associated
with the starting system: start, stop and dry crank. Cranking consists of driving the rotating assembly without

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

supplying fuel or operating the ignition system ("dry" crank).

It is used to cool the engine or for maintenance procedures.
Starting cycle

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The crank cycle consists of the following phases:

The starting cycle is characterised by the evolution of the
engine parameters, especially the rotation speed and the gas - Selection of crank
temperature.
- Cranking of the rotating assembly
The starting cycle consists of the following phases:
- End of cranking and run-down.
- Start selection
- Self sustaining speed (de-energisation of the starter and
ignition; approx. 45% N1)
- End of start (stabilisation at idle speed; 68% N1).

Shut-down cycle
The shut-down cycle consists of the following phases:
- Stabilisation
- Stop selection
- Rundown and stop
• time > 2 min. 10 sec. between 50% and 0%
• > 2 min. after TU 42 or 52
• > 1 min. 55 sec. with both TU 42 and 52.

For training purposes only 9.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

N1 speed
START Stop selection
ECU
SELECTION Stabilisation

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

+ Starting
ACCESSORY Run-down
accessories

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

RELAY
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

50%
(16600 rpm)
DRY CRANK SELECTION
+
STARTER
Starter
CONTACTOR

T4 gas
temperature > 1 min. 55 sec. time
SHUT-DOWN CYCLE
N1 speed End of cranking

N1 idle speed Run-down

(68%)

Self sustaining
speed
(approx. 45%)

Start
selection time Crank
selection 15 sec. max. time
STARTING CYCLE CRANK CYCLE

OPERATION (1)
STARTING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 9.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM
OPERATION (2) Manual (emergency) starting
The operating phases of the start control circuit are as follows: This cycle is identical, except that the self-supply of the accessory
relay is cut off by the microswitch; for this reason, it is necessary

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

"Normal" (automatic) starting to hold the start push-button pressed.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The starting system is cut off when the self-sustaining speed
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

With electrical system power on, the throttle lever is set to the
"starting" position and the start push-button activated (one is reached, either manually by releasing the push-button or
pulse is sufficient). automatically by the relay in the electronic control unit.

The accessory relay is supplied through the circuit-breaker, Remember that in this case, there is no governed idle, and
the relay of the electronic control unit and the start push button that the fuel flow is manually metered by the throttle lever (the
(negative through the overspeed protection system; to prevent start servo-valve being isolated by closing the shut-off valve
starting in overspeed configuration). on the device).

The accessory relay is self-supplied through contact No. 1 and Crank

the microswitch activated by the lever (it stays energized even
after releasing the push-button). The crank push-button directly supplies the starter relay.
Contact No. 2 supplies the ignition components and the start The ventilation time is determined manually when the push-
injector electro-valve. button is released. But the crank phase must not exceed 15 sec.
Contact No. 3 supplies the starter contactor and therefore the
green indicating light and the electric starter motor.

The starting sequence takes place and when self-sustaining

speed is reached, the ECU cuts the accessory relay supply and
therefore all the starting accessories.

For training purposes only 9.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

LIGHT
STARTER STARTER
CONTACTOR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

DRY CRANK
PUSH-BUTTON

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

3
IGNITION UNITS
2

CIRCUIT- 1
BREAKER
LEVER
MICROSWITCH

OVERSPEED
START
START PUSH- ACCESSORY ELECTRO-VALVE
BUTTON RELAY

RELAY ELECTRONIC
CIRCUIT-
CONTROL UNIT
BREAKER

OPERATION (2)
STARTING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 9.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE

MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.
Refer to the Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection after the last flight of the day

- Inspection before the first flight of the day

- "Pre-flight" inspections

- "Post-flight" inspections.

Compulsory maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out to meet the

Airworthiness regulations.

Recommended maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer

which must be carried out, although they do not directly affect
the flight safety.

For training purposes only 9.12

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(refer to MM, chapter 05)

COMPULSORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Ignition units and ignition plugs

• Functional check Chap. 74

- Turbine shut-down time Chap. 71

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS

- Ignition units
• Functional check (periodicity: 100 hrs) Chap. 74

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 9.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE

MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in

the event of an operating anomaly).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 9.14

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non-exhaustive list)

- Starter free wheel Chap. 72

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation
- Ignition units Chap. 74
• Removal / installation
- Ignition plug Chap. 74
• Removal / installation
- Ignition plugs and ignition units Chap. 74
• Testing the operation
- Starter Chap. 80
• Removal / installation
- Terminal plate Chap. 80
• Replacement
- Starter Chap. 80
• Insulation measurement

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 9.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 STARTING SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

10 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Electrical system - Presentation........................................................... 10.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Electrical harnesses (71-50-01)............................................................ 10.4

- Electrical system - 1st line maintenance ............................................ 10.6 - 10.9

(XX-XX-XX): Reference of pages which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 10.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

Function Main components

The system contributes to the engine's various indicating and - Engine electrical components (control components and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

control functions: sensors)

- Control (buttons, selectors, ...) - Control and indicating components (aircraft)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Fuel control and starting systems (sensors, electrical - Electronic Control Unit (installed in the airframe)
accessories, ...)
- Electrical harnesses.
- Safety systems (overspeed, ...)

- Operating indication (lights, indicators, ...).

Note: Refer to corresponding chapters for more information.

For training purposes only 10.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL AND

STARTING SYSTEMS
SAFETY
CONTROL SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

ENGINE ELECTRICAL
COMPONENTS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM

CONTROL AND INDICATING ELECTRICAL

COMPONENTS HARNESSES

OPERATING
INDICATION

FUNCTIONS

ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT

MAIN COMPONENTS

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - PRESENTATION

For training purposes only 10.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL HARNESSES

Function
The harnesses connect the engine electrical components to

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

the ECU and the aircraft circuit.

Description

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The control and monitoring harness is composed of elementary

harnesses terminated by threaded connectors to be connected
to the engine accessories.

These elementary harnesses are grouped into 3 harnesses

terminated by 3 connectors for connection with the aircraft
systems. Each elementary harness is shielded and identified
with a sleeve bearing a group of letters corresponding to the
accessory connected.

The ECUs 1 and 2 are connected to each other (mutual

monitoring of the overspeed). They also provide signals to the
"Power Loss" system.

Harnesses
The 3 engines harnesses are:
- The N2 sensor harness
- The thermocouples T4 and fire detectors (x 4) harness
- The main harness (accessories and sensors).

Note: The starter motor is supplied by means of a direct supply

from the aircraft (two cables, + and -).

For training purposes only 10.4

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Aircraft responsibility Firewall

AIRCRAFT ENGINE
Engine responsibility

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

N2 SENSORS

THERMOCOUPLES +
ECU 1

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FIRE DETECTORS

MAIN

Starter -
POWER
ENGINES
LOSS
+

Starter -

MAIN

THERMOCOUPLES +
ECU 2 FIRE DETECTORS

N2 SENSORS

MAIN N2 SPEED SENSORS

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

T4 THERMOCOUPLES +
4 FIRE DETECTORS CONNECTOR

ELECTRICAL HARNESSES
For training purposes only 10.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE

MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.
Refer to the Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection after the last flight of the day

- Inspection before the first flight of the day

- "Pre-flight" inspections

- "Post-flight" inspections.

Compulsory maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out to meet the

Airworthiness regulations.

Recommended maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer

which must be carried out, although they do not directly affect
the flight safety.

For training purposes only 10.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
(refer to MM, chapter 05)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SERVICING INSPECTIONS COMPULSORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

INSPECTION AFTER THE LAST FLIGHT OF THE DAY - Control and monitoring harness
- Check for condition and attachment of electric • Inspection Chap. 71

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

equipment and harness (locking of connectors)

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 10.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE

MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in

the event of an operating anomaly).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 10.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non-exhaustive list)

- Control and monitoring harness Chap. 71

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation
• Test
- Control and monitoring harness (engine
installed) Chap. 71
• Inspection

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 10.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

11 - ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Engine compartment............................................................................. 11.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Engine mounting and lifting (71-20-01)................................................ 11.4

- Air intake and exhaust system (78-10-01)........................................... 11.6
- Engine/airframe system interfaces...................................................... 11.8
- Drains - Purges - Air vents (71-70-01).................................................. 11.12
- Fire protection (26-10-01)...................................................................... 11.14
- Engine installation - 1st line maintenance ......................................... 11.16 - 11.19

(XX-XX-XX): Reference of pages which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 11.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Function Description
The engine compartment houses the engines. The compartment is separated by firewalls, which form 2 fireproof

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

enclosures and removable cowlings which enable easy access

to the engine. The engine is ventilated by atmospheric air, in
Position order to keep the temperature within acceptable limits in the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

different zones.
- In front of the helicopter main gearbox.

Main characteristics Note: Refer to aircraft manual for more details.

- Separate compartments

- Engine compartment ventilated by air circulation.

For training purposes only 11.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAKILA 1A
MAKILA 1A1 MAKILA 1A1

FIREWALL

ENGINE

Insulated compartments

Compartment ventilation
by air circulation

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
For training purposes only 11.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE MOUNTING AND LIFTING

ENGINE MOUNTING ENGINE LIFTING

Function Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The engine mountings attach the engine to the airframe. The 4 lifting rings allow the engine to be lifted.

Description Description

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Front support: two brackets on the counter-casing, - At the front: integral with the rear cover of the reservoir,

- Rear support: linking tube, - At the rear: bolted to the flange of the power turbine casing.

- Three legs: one at the front, two at the rear. Engine removal and installation

Turbomeca supplies an engine lifting beam which attaches to

the lifting rings on the engine.

This allows the engine to be removed from and installed in the

airframe.

Engine removal/installation must be carried out in accordance

with the procedure described in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual
and usin the appropriate tooling.

Note: 3 legs (1 at the front and 2 at the rear) facilitate the

removal / installation of the engine.

For training purposes only 11.4

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE LIFTING
BEAM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

REAR RIGHT FRONT RIGHT

LIFTING RING LIFTING RING

LINKING
TUBE

REAR RIGHT RIGHT FRONT

LEG BRACKET LEG

ENGINE MOUNTING AND LIFTING

For training purposes only 11.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM

AIR INTAKE EXHAUST SYSTEM

Function Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The air intake directs the air into the engine air intake. The exhaust system discharges the exhaust gas overboard.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position Position
- In front of the engine. - At the rear of the engine.

Main characteristics Main characteristics

- Supplied by the aircraft manufacturer - Rotatable to the left or to the right

Description Description
A clamp connects the engine air intake casing to the aircraft The exhaust system is a sheet metal component which includes:
intake duct.
- A front mounting flange
Air is taken in through a dynamic intake, and through a set of
protection devices (filter, anti-icing system…). - An exhaust pipe which includes two bosses for the draining
system
An inflatable seal pressurised with P2 air, is installed between
the engine air intake casing and the aircraft intake duct, to - A venturi extension, to cool the engine compartment. It is
ensure the sealing. fitted with a deflector

- A heat shield which protects the power drive and the sensors
against heat diffusion.

For training purposes only 11.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

AMBIENT AIR
Air intake

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Supplied by the EXHAUST GAS

aircraft manufacturer
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Exhaust system VENTILATION
Rotatable to the
AIR INTAKE EXHAUST left or to the right
EQUIPMENT PIPE
(optional)

DYNAMIC PROTECTION DEVICES EXHAUST PIPE VENTURI

INTAKE (filters, anti-icing...) EXTENSION

AIR INTAKE EXHAUST SYSTEM

AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM

For training purposes only 11.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES

AIR SYSTEM FUEL SYSTEM

In addition to the tappings used by the engine for its own The fuel control unit is fitted with a self sealing union, to which
operation, air tappings are available for use by the aircraft the fuel supply pipe of the aircraft system is connected.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

manufacturer.
The aircraft fuel system supplies the engine system under
They are located on either side of the compressor casing, and determined conditions of filtering, flow and pressure.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

they supply air at compressor pressure. The flow is limited

(180 g/s (0.396 lb/sec.)). It should be noted that any tapping
affects the engine performance.

For training purposes only 11.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

P2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SELF-SEALING
UNION

AIR SYSTEM

FWD

FUEL SYSTEM

AIR SYSTEM - FUEL SYSTEM

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES
For training purposes only 11.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MANUAL CONTROL

The aircraft-engine connection is ensured by three electrical This is the manual control operating the fuel control unit.
connectors.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

It includes the control lever located on the overhead panel of

- N2 sensor connector the cockpit, the linking cable and the ball joint for the connection
onto the throttle lever of the FCU.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- T4 + 4 fire detectors connector ("hot" section)

- Main connector (accessories + sensors).

The starter wiring is ensured by two heavy duty cables which

are independent of the engine accessory harness and under
aircraft manufacturer's responsibility.

For training purposes only 11.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STARTER FLOW
WIRINGS CONTROL
(control lever)

MAIN HARNESS N2 SPEED SENSORS

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
T4 AND 4 FIRE DETECTORS THROTTLE LEVER
CONNECTOR

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MANUAL CONTROL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - MANUAL CONTROL

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES
For training purposes only 11.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

DRAINS - PURGES - AIR VENTS

Function Functional description

The drain system evacuates the leaks and drains of certain The combustion chamber drain valve is screwed into the lower

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

components, via the exhaust pipe. part of the turbine casing through the collector.

It also drains the exhaust pipe and the centrifugal breather The drain collector collects the injection wheel drain (purge)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

discharge. and the turbine casing drain.

The fuel accumulated in the drain collector is sucked out by

Position the gas flow, evacuated into the exhaust pipe and dispersed
into the exhaust gas.
- Under the engine.
The de-oiled air from the centrifugal breather is discharged into
the exhaust pipe.
Main characteristics
The exhaust pipe drain is connected to the aircraft drain system
- Anti-pollution drain system.
and is fitted with an ejector to prevent heat transmission to the
aircraft.
Main components
- Combustion chamber drain valve
- Drain collector
- Pipes
- Exhaust pipe drain
- Collector discharge pipe, on outlet diffuser.

For training purposes only 11.12

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

DISCHARGE PIPE
DE-OILED
AIR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

EJECTOR

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INJECTION WHEEL
DRAIN DRAIN OUTLET FROM EXHAUST PIPE
COLLECTOR COLLECTOR TO DRAIN
EXHAUST PIPE

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER INJECTION WHEEL
DRAIN VALVE DRAIN
OULET FROM
COLLECTOR
TO EXHAUST PIPE

DRAIN
COLLECTOR

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER
DRAIN VALVE

DRAINS - PURGES - AIR VENTS

For training purposes only 11.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FIRE PROTECTION
Note 1: The four "hot" zone detectors are connected with the
Fire detection T4 harness to the aircraft.
Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Note 2: The two "cold" zone detectors are connected with the
The fire protection system detects overtemperature in the engine
main harness.
compartment and gives a cockpit indication. An extinguishing

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

system is installed in the aircraft. Extinguishing system

Main characteristics Functional description
- "Cold" zone:
The system consists of two extinguishers, the left-hand one
• Nominal value: 300°C (572°F) for "Engine 1" and the right-hand one for "Engine 2". Both
• Quantity: 2 extinguishers can be discharged into one engine bay.
- "Hot" zone: In the cockpit, there are two extinguisher buttons for each engine,
• Nominal value: 400°C (752°F) a "Normal" and an "Emergency" button. When the "Normal"
• Quantity: 4 button is pressed for an engine, its extinguisher will be operated.
If the fire persists, the "Emergency" button can be pressed to
Main components
discharge the other engine's extinguisher into the first engine's
- Engine: Detectors and electrical wiring bay.

- Aircraft: Indicating lights, fire detection unit, test selector
and extinguishing system.
Fire detectors
Each fire detector includes a bi-metallic strip which opens the
electrical circuit in case of overheat. It is fitted with a resistance
in parallel which enables the system to differentiate between
the normal opening of a detector and a wiring defect.
When an extinguisher has been discharged, an indicator light
comes on in the cockpit.
To ensure the efficiency of the system, the pilot should close
the fuel shut-off lever for the engine concerned. This will
simultaneously close the engine fuel shut-off valve and the
engine bay ventilation flap.
Note: Refer to the aircraft manual for more information on the
extinguishing system.

For training purposes only 11.14

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

"COLD" ZONE
Detector setting:
Nominal value: 300°C (572°F)
Quantity:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

"Cold" zone "Hot" zone "HOT" ZONE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FIRE FIRE Detector setting:

LOCATION OF THE DETECTORS
DETECTOR DETECTOR Nominal value: 400°C (752°F)
(after TU 134) (before TU 134) Quantity:
4

CIRCUIT- "FIRE" WARNING "TEST" SELECTOR

BREAKER LIGHT
Engine 1 fire extinguisher Engine 2 fire extinguisher
control and fire light control and fire light

FIRE EXTINGUISHING
FIRE TEST TEST
DETECTION
RESISTANCE DETECTOR FIRE E N E N FIRE
M O M O
E E
R R R R
UNIT G M G M
LINE LINE
ENGINE 1 ENGINE 2
Ventilation
"Fire extinguisher discharged"
flaps
"FAILURE" indicator lights
WARNING
LIGHT Normal EXTIN
ENGINE 2 GUISHER
2
FIRE D. FIRE 1 FIRE 2
Emergency
Fuel
shut-off ENGINE 1 EXTIN
GUISHER
levers Normal 1

FIRE PROTECTION
For training purposes only 11.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE

MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.
Refer to the Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection after the last flight of the day

- Inspection before the first flight of the day

- "Pre-flight" inspections

- "Post-flight" inspections.

Compulsory maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out to meet the

Airworthiness regulations.

Recommended maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer

which must be carried out, although they do not directly affect
the flight safety.

For training purposes only 11.16

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
(refer to MM, chapter 05)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SERVICING INSPECTIONS COMPULSORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

INSPECTION AFTER THE LAST FLIGHT OF THE DAY - Fire detector (pre TU 134) Chap. 26
- Check for leaks • Routine maintenance

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• on pipe mating surfaces • Tests

- Inspect the engine
• check the condition of engine attachment - Fire detector (post TU 134) Chap. 26
• for condition of cowling (movement and locking) • Routine maintenance
• to ensure presence of the exhaust pipe suction tube
- Fire detector Chap. 26
- Check for condition and attachment of fire detection
systems • Check the continuity
- Check for absence of wear marks on pipes (interference • Tightening check
with other components) - Engine accessories Chap. 79
INSPECTION BEFORE THE FIRST FLIGHT OF THE DAY • Inspect
- Make sure the engine is in good condition - Pipes
"PRE-FLIGHT" INSPECTIONS • Check of no leaks Chap. 73
- Checking the levels, removing blanks • Check of no wear evidence Chap. 73
"POST-FLIGHT" INSPECTIONS • Tightening check Chap. 79
- Find out anomalies not reported by the crew - Drain valve Chap. 71
• Cleaning / inspection
- Engine attachments Chap. 71
• Inspection

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 11.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE

MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in

the event of an operating anomaly).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to

refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 11.18

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non-exhaustive list)

- Fire detector Chap. 26

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation
- Terminal lug of fire detector harness Chap. 26
• Replacement
- Drain valve and collector Chap. 71
• Removal / installation

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 11.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

12 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- General ................................................................................................... 12.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Troubleshooting .................................................................................... 12.4

- Conclusion ............................................................................................ 12.10 - 12.11

For training purposes only 12.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

GENERAL

Introduction Repair procedure

Troubleshooting is a very important aspect of maintenance. The repair procedure should be guided by two main

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

considerations:
It allows the probable cause(s) of a failure to be identified.
- Minimum downtime

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Efficient diagnosis reduces the extra maintenance costs due to

unjustified removals and additional diagnosis time. - Justified removal of components.

In fact, even with a very high-reliability product, failure is inevitable The procedure to be applied depends on the case concerned
and required actions should be taken efficiently. but, in general, good knowledge of the product and methodical
research allows a safe diagnosis and quick corrective action.

Generally, the procedure includes the identification of the failure,

its analysis, the isolation of the non-conforming component, and
the choice of the repair to be applied.

For training purposes only 12.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Inevitable Random

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Failure
(single, double,
dormant)

Symptoms (additional information, etc.)

Troubleshooting/ Do not neglect any components and take
repair interactions into consideration.
- Appropriate means and Analysis of the anomaly
- Diagnosis
procedures
- Remedy Isolation of the non-conforming component
- Training of personnel
- Repair Or other
- Check perception

Additional Deduction Substitution

MTTR checks
(Mean Time To Repair)
Total time required for
troubleshooting / repair Remedy
(adjustment, replacement, cleaning, repair)

GENERAL
For training purposes only 12.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Start selection
REFER TO THE (α = 20 and push-button pressed)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL produces no effect (no N, no T4)
Chapter 71-00-..

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The starter indicating

light comes on

Yes No

Comes on, then goes out

as soon as the push-button
is released

Ventilation
remains possible

Yes No

Note:
Engine starting remains
possible if the push-button
is kept pressed

STARTING ANOMALIES (1)

TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.4
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE On selection of start, N1 increase, but no increase in T4

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Chapter 71-00-..

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The ignition
system operates
Yes (noise of HE No
components)

Possible start on Note: Refer to the test

1 injector + procedure in
1 igniter plug if order to
on the same side discriminate
Note: It is also possible to check the
fuel flow through the combustion
chamber drain valve.

Fuel
Yes No
flow

STARTING ANOMALIES (2)

TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE
Abnormal T4 during starting
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Chapter 71-00-..

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

T4 T4 > 200°C
approx. 200°C Excessive T4
but insufficient

The increase is due

to the injectors, but
the main fuel system
is not supplied

Note: In all cases, the electrical power supply should also

be checked (battery voltage)
It is possible to attempt an emergency start (by
manually closing the servo-valve)

STARTING ANOMALIES (3)

TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.6
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL Abnormal oil temperature indication

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Chapter 71-00-..

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Low High

Abnormal oil pressure indication

None Low Fluctuation High

Min. Pr
indicating
Yes light "on" No

LUBRICATION ANOMALIES (1)

TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

Abnormal oil consumption

REFER TO THE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Chapter 71-00-..
Visible

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Yes leak No

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

External leak Internal leak

Compressor surge

During start In operation

LUBRICATION ANOMALIES (2) - MISCELLANEOUS CASES (1)

TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.8
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE Loss of power

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Chapter 71-00-..

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

No Max. N1 reached Yes

Note: Particular attention: check of the max. N1.

Abnormal gas generator rotation speed N1

Uncommanded Uncommanded Incorrect

Overspeed Fluctuations
acceleration deceleration response time

Note: A rotation speed which is stabilised

at 85% implies a total failure of the
electronic system

MISCELLANEOUS CASES (2)

TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

CONCLUSION
Despite the high reliability of the product, failures remain
inevitable and happen at random. But their rate and effects
can be reduced if the "enemies" of the engine are taken into
consideration.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

When the failure occurs, you have to be in a position to correct it.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

"Enemies" of the engine

The traditional adverse conditions for this type of engine are:

- Supply (oil, air, fuel, electricity):

• Oil: not in conformity with spec., contamination
• Air: sand, salt, pollutions
• Fuel: not in conformity with spec., contaminations
• Electricity: low voltage, connectors, interference

- Operation ("non respect" of instructions and procedures,

severe operating conditions)

- Maintenance ("non respect" of inspection frequencies, various

mistakes, wrong logistic).

For training purposes only 12.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL ELECTRICITY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Not in conformity with - Too low voltage

specifications during starting

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Water in fuel - Interference

- Sulphur + salt in the air =
sulphidation

AIR OPERATION

- Sand - "Non respect" of instructions

- Salt and procedures
- Pollutions - Severe operating conditions

OIL MAINTENANCE

- Not in conformity - "Non respect" of inspection

with specifications frequencies
- Contaminations - Various mistakes
- Wrong logistic

CONCLUSION
For training purposes only 12.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

13 - CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Introduction ........................................................................................... 13.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Questionnaire 1 ..................................................................................... 13.3

- Questionnaire 2 ..................................................................................... 13.6
- Questionnaire 3 ..................................................................................... 13.12
- Questionnaire 4...................................................................................... 13.15 - 13.27

For training purposes only 13.1

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

INTRODUCTION

Method Types of questionnaires

Continuous testing helps to ensure that information is assimilated. Several types of questionnaire can be used during a course:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

It is more a method of work than "testing" in the traditional sense.

- Traditional written questionnaires

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Objectives of the questionnaires - "Short answer" questionnaires

The questionnaires allow progressive assimilation and long- - Multiple-Choice Questionnaires (MCQ)
term retention of knowledge. The questionnaires are a subject
for discussion (effects of group dynamics). They also allow - Oral questionnaires
trainees to consider important subjects several times from
different points of view. - Learning Through Teaching (LTT): the training has to explain
a given subject.

Integration into the training programme

- First hour every day for revision of the subjects previously
studied
- After each chapter (or module) of the course
Examination
The final examination at the end of the course consists of three
tests: written, oral and practical. A course certificate is given
to each trainee.

- At the end of the training course.

For training purposes only 13.2

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 1
4 - Explain the principle of engine adaptation to helicopter
The traditional questionnaire is drawn up according to the same
power requirements.
structure as the Training Notes in which the answers can be

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

found. 5 - Give a definition of the operating ratings.

6 - How do temperature and altitude affect the engine
Turboshaft engine

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

performance.
1 - List the main functional components of the power plant.
2 - Explain the thermodynamic operation of the engine.
Engine
1 - List the main components of the gas generator.
3 - State the following features (at take-off, in standard
atmosphere): 2 - Describe the power turbine assembly.
• Power on the shaft 3 - Describe the fuel injection system in the combustion
• Specific fuel consumption chamber.
• Compression ratio
4 - List the engine driven accessories.
• Gas generator turbine entry temperature
• Gas generator maximum rotation speed 5 - List the bearings which support the gas generator.
• Nominal power turbine rotation speed 6 - Describe the system used for bearing sealing.
• Output shaft rotation speed 7 - Describe the modular construction of the engine.
• Mass of the engine with specific equipment.
8 - Describe the engine air intake.
4 - List the main operating limitations of the engine (explain
9 - Describe the exhaust system.
the reason for each limit).
10 - List the manufacturing materials of the engine main
5 - List the main practices of a periodic inspection.
components.
6 - List the technical publications used for engine maintenance.

For training purposes only 13.3

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course
QUESTIONNAIRE 1 (continued)
Oil system
1 - What type of oil system is it?
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
2 - What is the purpose of the check valve?
3 - Describe the oil filter assembly.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
4 - State the location of strainers and magnetic plugs.
5 - Where is the oil temperature probe fitted?
Air system
1 - List the functions ensured by the internal air system
(secondary system).
2 - List the function of the various air tappings.
3 - Why are the start injectors ventilated?
4 - Explain the purpose and the operation of the compressor
bleed valve.
Fuel system
1 - List the main functions of the fuel system.
2 - Describe the fuel pump.
3 - Describe the fuel metering unit.
4 - Purpose of the constant ∆P valve.
5 - Explain the principle of fuel injection (main and starting
injection).
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training
Training Notes
6 - Explain the purpose and the operation of the starting control
system (ECU and servo-valve).
7 - Explain the operation of the system during starting.
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Control system
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
1 - List the main functions of the control system.
2 - Explain the basic principle of the control system.
3 - Explain the operating principle of the speed control.
4 - Give the operating procedure for manual fuel flow control.
5 - List the components of the electronic control unit.
6 - List the logic input signals of the electronic control unit.
7 - List the analog input signals of the electronic control unit.
8 - Describe and explain the operation of the power turbine
overspeed safety system.
9 - Describe the electronic control unit.
Measurement and indicating systems
1 - Describe the power turbine speed indicating system.
2 - Explain the principle of the torquemeter system.
3 - Describe the gas temperature indicating system.
13.4
Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 1 (continued)

Starting system

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 - Describe the cranking function of the engine.

2 - Describe the ignition system (ignition unit and igniter plugs).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

3 - List the main phases of the starting cycle.

4 - Describe the starting control electrical system.

Electrical system
1 - List the engine electrical accessories.
2 - Describe the electrical harness and connectors.

Engine installation
1 - Describe the attachment of the engine to the aircraft.
2 - List the various engine/airframe connections.
3 - Describe the fire protection system of the engine.

For training purposes only 13.5

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 Questions Answers

The following questions require short, precise answers.

10 - Flight envelope - Max. altitude?
The student can answer orally or in writing in the space provided.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

11 - Flight envelope - Max. temperature?

12 - Start envelope - Max. altitude?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Questions Answers

13 - Engine air flow?

1 - MAKILA 1A-1A1 power class?
14 - Overall compression ratio?
2 - Power turbine rotation speed at
100%?
15 - Max. turbine entry temperature?
3 - Type of start fuel injection?
16 - Gas generator rotation speed at
100%?
4 - Number of engine modules?

5 - Number of power turbine stages? 17 - Direction of rotation of the gas

generator?
6 - Meaning of AEO?
18 - Direction of rotation of the power
turbine?
7 - Mass of the equipped engine?

8 - Power evolution when altitude 19 - Manufacturing material for the axial

increases? compressor?

9 - Specific fuel consumption at cruise 20 - Type of axial compressor rear

rating? bearing?

For training purposes only 13.6

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

MAKILA 1A-1A1
QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)
Questions
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
21 - How are modules M02 and M03
attached to each other?
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
22 - Axial compressor compression ratio?
23 - Manufacturing material for the
centrifugal compressor wheel?
24 - Number of stages of the centrifugal
compressor diffuser?
25 - Type of combustion chamber?
26 - Manufacturing material for the
combustion chamber?
27 - Type of main fuel injection?
28 - Combustion chamber pressure drop?
29 - Number of stages of the gas generator
turbine?
For training purposes only
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training
Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
Answers Questions Answers
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
30 - Type of attachment for the turbine
blades?
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
31 - Type of gas generator rear bearing?
32 - To which module does the power
turbine nozzle guide vane belong?
33 - Type of power turbine?
34 - Does the exhaust pipe belong to one
module (yes or no)?
35 - Type of exhaust pipe attachment?
36 - Number of gears in the accessory
gearbox?
37 - Rotation speed of the oil pump drive
gear?
38 - Number of accessories driven by the
accessory gearbox?
39 - Manufacturing material for the
accessory gearbox?
13.7
Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)

Questions Answers Questions Answers

40 - Is the oil pressure adjustable? 50 - Setting of the low oil pressure switch?

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

41 - Number of pumps in the oil pump unit? 51 - Max. oil temperature?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

52 - Position of the centrifugal breather?

42 - Type of oil pumps?

53 - Air tapping for the pressurisation of the

43 - Check valve setting? power turbine front bearing?

44 - Filtering ability of the oil filter? 54 - Air pressure at the centrifugal

compressor outlet?
45 - Setting of the oil filter by-pass valve?
55 - Air temperature at the centrifugal
compressor outlet?
46 - Which bearings are squeeze film
type?
56 - When does the start injector ventilation
begin?
47 - Type of seal for the gas generator rear
bearing sealing? 57 - Max. air tapping flow?

48 - Max. oil consumption? 58 - Type of bleed valve?

49 - Type of oil pressure transmitter? 59 - Position of the bleed valve during

starting?

For training purposes only 13.8

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)

Questions Answers Questions Answers

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

70 - Min. run-down time during engine

60 - What are the bleed valve control
stopping?
signals?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

71 - Setting of the bleed valve in off-set

61 - Position of the Fuel Control Unit? threshold mode?

72 - Setting of the fuel pressurising valve?

62 - Current range of the start servo-valve?
73 - Fuel flow through the start injectors?
63 - Filtering ability of the fuel filter?
74 - Number of start injectors?

64 - Setting of the fuel filter by-pass valve? 75 - Position of the combustion chamber
drain valve when the engine is
stopped?
65 - Type of fuel pump?
76 - Type of control system?
66 - Position of the pump pressure relief
valve in normal operation? 77 - Type of attachment of the module
M05?
67 - Type of Fuel Control Unit? 78 - Type of attachment of the module
M02?
68 - Position of the constant ∆P valve when
the engine is stopped? 79 - Meaning of OEI?

80 - Number of phonic wheels for the power

69 - Type of manual flow control? turbine speed detection?

For training purposes only 13.9

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)

Questions Answers Questions Answers

81 - Is manual start possible? 91 - Number of thermocouple probes?

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

82 - Meaning of PPNG? 92 - Position of the T4 junction box?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

83 - What is the condition of the start servo- 93 - H o w a r e t h e t h e r m o c o u p l e s

valve during a manual start? connected (parallel or series)?

84 - What is the condition of the injector 94 - Position of the torquemeter?

electro-valve during a manual start?
95 - Value (approx.) of the normal oil
85 - Which speed signals are used by the pressure?
power loss unit?
96 - Setting of the oil pump pressure relief
valve?
86 - How many cards in the ECU?

97 - Setting of the heat exchanger by-

87 - Position of the manual control in normal
pass valve?
operation?

98 - Number of engine modules?

88 - Type of speed sensors?

99 - Type of ignition?
89 - Number of N1 speed sensors?

100 - Gas generator speed at starter cut-

90 - Number of N2 speed sensors? off?

For training purposes only 13.10

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)

Questions Answers Questions Answers

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

101 - Number of igniter plugs? 111 - Power turbine max. overspeed?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

102 - Max. duration of a cranking? 112 - Max. gas temperature during starting?

103 - Is the ignition cable integral with the 113 - Low oil pressure switch setting?
igniter plug?
114 - Max. oil temperature?
104 - Number of electrical connectors
(between engine and aircraft)? 115 - Min. electrical supply voltage before
starting?
105 - Is there a built-in compressor washing
device? 116 - Type of recommended lubricant?

106 - Type of seal on the power shaft? 117 - Meaning of IPC?

107 - Setting of the fire detectors in the hot 118 - Meaning of TBO?
section?
119 - Is borescopic inspection of the
108 - Number of engine drains? combustion chamber possible?

120 - Procedure in case of operation in OEI

109 - Engine operating envelope; min. and
2 min. 30 sec. rating?
max. pressure altitude?

121 - On which component is the static

110 - Max. N2 speed limitation?
droop adjustment carried out?

For training purposes only 13.11

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 3
This type of questionnaire is used to revise certain important 6 - Number of bearings which support the gas generator:
points in a relatively short time and to assess how much a) 4
knowledge has been acquired. b) 3

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

c) 2
The answers to the questions can be found at the end of the
questionnaire. 7 - The turboshaft engine includes:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

a) 5 modules
1 - The MAKILA 1A-1A1 engine is: b) a hot section and a cold section
a) a free turbine turboshaft engine c) 3 modules.
b) a turbo-jet engine
c) a fixed turbine turboshaft engine. 8 - Type of oil system:
a) dry sump
2 - Section of passage of the compressor diffusers: b) constant pressure
a) regular c) lubrication by splashing.
b) divergent
c) convergent. 9 - Setting of the oil filter pre-blockage switch:
a) lower than the by-pass valve
3 - Type of combustion chamber: b) higher than the by-pass valve
a) annular with centrifugal injection c) the same as the pump valve.
b) annular, reverse flow
c) annular, indirect flow. 10 - The oil strainers are located:
a) at the outlet of the pumps
4 - The 1st stage power turbine nozzle guide vane belongs: b) on the inlet of the scavenge pumps
a) to the module M04 c) at the inlet of the lubricated components.
b) to the power turbine module
c) to the gas generator module. 11 - Is there a max. oil temperature:
a) yes, 60°C
5 - Type of exhaust pipe attachment: b) no
a) bolts c) yes, 120°C max.
b) mounting pads
c) clamp.

For training purposes only 13.12

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 3 (continued)
12 - P2 air is used for the pressurisation of: 17 - The clearance between the metering valve and the
a) some labyrinth seals acceleration controller:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

b) the reservoir a) represents the instantaneous flow step

c) the pumps. b) there is no such clearance
c) enables operation with a greater flexibility.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

13 - Position of the bleed valve during flight?

a) open 18 - With the anticipator, the static droop is:
b) closed a) compensated
c) depends on conditions. b) cancelled
c) overcompensated.
14 - Ventilation of start injectors:
a) does not exist 19 - The thermocouples are wired:
b) is made with air from the compressor a) in series
c) is made with atmospheric pressure air. b) in parallel
c) on the turbine casing.
15 - The injection centrifugal wheel is drained:
a) permanently 20 - The starter cut-out is made:
b) enable the ventilation cycle a) automatically
c) during engine shut-down. b) manually
c) with air pressure.
16 - The max. speed of the gas generator is:
a) limited by a calculated stop 21 - Starting is possible with one igniter:
b) limited by a mechanical stop a) yes
c) not limited by the Fuel Control Unit. b) no
c) yes, in emergency.

22 - The fuel system pressurising valve:

a) is electrically controlled
b) operates when overpressure occurs
c) gives priority to the injectors.

For training purposes only 13.13

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 3 (continued)
23 - The anticipator is: 29 - Number of power turbine N signals:
a) the damping device a) 6
b) the collective pitch / FCU link b) 4

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

c) the throttle control link. c) 2

24 - Effect of the temperature on the control system: 30 - The reliability of the engine is:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

a) no effect a) good
b) compensated by a thermal compensator b) fairly good
c) compensated by a spring. c) extremely good.

25 - Is there an "emergency" fuel limit:

a) no
b) yes, less than the normal limit
c) yes, greater than the normal limit.

26 - The acceleration controller capsule:

a) is subjected to P2 pressure
b) is subjected to P1 pressure
c) detects the fuel pressure.
30 - abc? 29 - a 28 - b 27 - b 26 - a
27 - HE ignition means: 25 - b 24 - b 23 - b 22 - c 21 - a
a) Hot Electrode 20 - a 19 - b 18 - c 17 - a 16 - b
b) High Energy 15 - c 14 - b 13 - c 12 - a 11 - c
c) High Emission. 10 - b 9-a 8-a 7-a 6-a
5-c 4-a 3-a 2-b 1-a
28 - Type of electronic control unit:
Answers
a) digital
b) analog
c) Fadec.

For training purposes only 13.14

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4
This questionnaire is a sort of drill which is also used to test 2 - Name the reference stations:
and perfect the knowledge acquired.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 - Complete this table (with values):

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

G C T1 T2
Max. Take-Off Power ...................... kW

Power at OEI 2 min. 30 sec. rating ....................... kW

CC

Operating time at OEI ratings ............................      

0 1 2 3 4 5
WF
Engine mass  ....................... kg

0 - ..................................... 3 - ....................................

1 - ..................................... 4 - ....................................

2 - ..................................... 5 - ....................................

For training purposes only 13.15

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

3 - Engine - Complete the legend of the diagram below:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 2 3 4

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

6 5

1 - ......................................................... 2 - ............................................................. 3 - .......................................................

4 - ......................................................... 5 - ............................................................. 6 - .......................................................

For training purposes only 13.16

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

4 - Oil system - Complete the legend of the diagram below:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

3 4 5

1 - ......................................................... 2 - ............................................................. 3 - .......................................................

4 - ......................................................... 5 - ............................................................. 6 - .......................................................

For training purposes only 13.17

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

5 - Air system - Complete the following table:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

P0 P1' P2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Injector ventilation

Acceleration control unit

Bleed valve control pressure

Injection wheel pressurisation

Axial compressor bearing pressurisation

Gas generator rear bearing cooling

Power turbine front bearing pressurisation

Gas generator turbine disc cooling

For training purposes only 13.18

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

6 - Air system - Complete the legend of the compressor field diagram:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

COMPRESSION

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

RATIO P2 / P0

AIRFLOW G

A - ...................................... B - ....................................... C - ...................................... D - ......................................

For training purposes only 13.19

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)
7 - Fuel system - Complete the legend of the diagram below:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2 3

6 5

8 7

AIRCRAFT ENGINE

1 - .............................. 2 - .............................. 3 - ............................. 4 - ..............................

5 - .............................. 6 - .............................. 7 - ............................. 8 - ..............................

For training purposes only 13.20

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)
8 - Fuel system - Complete the legend of the diagram below:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 2 3 4

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2

12

5
11

10 9 8

1 - ...................................... 2 - ....................................... 3 - ...................................... 4 - ......................................

5 - ...................................... 6 - ....................................... 7 - ...................................... 8 - ......................................

9 - ...................................... 10 - ....................................... 11 - ...................................... 12 - ......................................

For training purposes only 13.21

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

9 - Fuel system: Complete the following table (indicate the position of the following components):

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Engine in stabilised
Engine stopped
flight

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Pump pressure relief valve.........................................

Main valve..................................................................

Emergency valve........................................................

Constant ∆P valve .....................................................

Metering needles........................................................

Presurising valve........................................................

Pressure reducing valve.............................................

Start injector electro-valve..........................................

Overspeed electro-valve............................................

Combustion chamber drain valve...............................

For training purposes only 13.22

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)
10 - Control system - Complete the following graphs during a load TRQ increase:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Power turbine
speed N2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

time

Load TRQ
(θ)
Fuel flow
WF

time time

Gas generator
speed N1

time

For training purposes only 13.23

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

11 - Control system - Complete the legend of the diagram below:

NR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

2
N1 N2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

WF

WF

P2 4

WF*

N1*

N2*

1 - ......................................................... 2 - ............................................................. 3 - .......................................................

4 - ......................................................... 5 - ............................................................. 6 - .......................................................

For training purposes only 13.24

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)
12 - Choose the correct answers in the following table:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Type of gas generator governor? Hydromechanical Electronic

Type of fuel pump? Centrifugal Gear type

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Reference parameters for start P2 - P3 N1 - T4

fuel control?

Reference parameters for P2 - P0 T3 - Torque

the acceleration control unit?

13 - In the diagram below, encircle those signals which, if defective, will cause the illumination of the red POWER light.

F1 F2 F3 MAIN
SUPPLY
θ
F/V
CONVERTERS

V1 V2 V3 Vθ

VNTL + Vε VCp mA
S - A B SV
+
INHIBITION IF VD
N2 < 45% VNTL*
(before TU 203) HYDROMECHANICAL
PPNG
N2 < 80% N1*
(after TU 203)

For training purposes only 13.25

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

14 - Choose the correct answers in the following table:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Number of lifting points? 2 4 8

Number of fire detectors? 6 4 12

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Setting of the cold section fire detectors? 100°C 1000°C 300°C

Setting of the hot section fire detectors? 900°C 400°C 600°C

Max. air tapping flow for aircraft use? 20 g/s 300 g/s 180 g/s

15 - List the main resources for on condition monitoring:

1 - .........................................................................................................................
2 - .........................................................................................................................
3 - .........................................................................................................................
4 - .........................................................................................................................
5 - .........................................................................................................................
6 - .........................................................................................................................
7 - .........................................................................................................................
8 - .........................................................................................................................

For training purposes only 13.26

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
 Training Notes
MAKILA 1A-1A1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

16 - Give a brief definition of the following documents:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Maintenance Manual(s)

Spare Parts Catalogue

Tools Catalogue

Service Bulletins

Service Letters

Engine log book

Flight Manual

For training purposes only 13.27

© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: March 2013 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 END
of these training notes and (maybe also) of the course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

but not the END of your training

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

which must be continued,

harmonising knowledge and experience.

THANK YOU for your kind attention.

Au revoir
Goodbye
Adiós
Auf Wiedersehen
Adeus
Arrivederci
Farvel
To t z i e n s
Adjö
Näkemiin
Antio
Ma salaam
Selamat jalan
Adishatz
Ikus Arte
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
 REMARKS

Any remarks (appreciations, criticisms, suggestions...) should be forwarded to:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

TURBOMECA

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CENTRE D’INSTRUCTION
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

40220 TARNOS - FRANCE

REMARKS CONCERNING THE TRAINING AIDS REMARKS CONCERNING THE TRAINING COURSE

Name.......................................................................................................................... .

Address..................................................................................................................... .

Course........................................................ from.........................to.......................... .

TURBOMECA Training Centre

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and